FOR THE FINAL UPDATE TO THIS GUIDEBOOK on December 1, 2006 please click please click here.

http://lcweb2.loc.gov/ammem/today/today.html [Today in History]

http://www.tamu.edu/anthropology/news.html [Anthropology In The News} From Texas A&M University]

http://www.earthweek.com/ [Earthweek - A Diary of the Planet]

http://news.google.com/ [GOOGLE} News Information from all over!]

http://www.fourmilab.ch/cgi-bin/uncgi/Earth/action?opt=-p [Earth View!]

SOCIAL SCIENCE 303-1 FALL SEMESTER 2006

Dr. Charles F. Urbanowicz / Professor Emeritus of Anthropology

Guidebook for Cultural Concepts: Human Social Evolution

California State University, Chico / Office: Butte 202

SOSC 303-1 [Course Number 1614} MWF} 11 -> 11:50am in Butte Hall 505

Office Hours} Mon + Wed} 8 -> 8:30 + 2 -> 4pm and by appointment; Office Phone: (530) 898-6220 / Dept: (530) 898-6192

e-mail: curbanowicz@csuchico.edu

http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/

© [Copyright: All Rights Reserved] Charles F. Urbanowicz/December 4, 2006} This copyrighted Web Guidebook, printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_SOSC303-FA2006.html, is intended for use by students enrolled at California State University, Chico, in the Fall Semester of 2006 and unauthorized use / reproduction in any manner is definitely prohibited.

DESCRIPTION: This is an explanation of the fundamal concepts of human biological, social, and cultural evolution. It is a comparative study of adaptation, social organization, religious and other ideological systems in contemporary non-Western societies. With a multidisciplinary approach, the course covers the biological basis of human social behavior, fossil evidence for human evolution, and relevant ethnographic and archaeological evidence of human social evolution. This course is required for Liberal Studies majors. This is an approved Non-Western course. Formerly SOSC 103. (The 2005-2007 University Catalog, page 593.)

NOTE FROM THE UPDATED HISTORY-SOCIAL SCIENCE FRAMEWORK FOR CALIFORNIA, October 11, 2000: "To develop cultural literacy, students must understand the rich, complex nature of a given culture: its history, geography, politics; literature, art, drama, music, dance, law, religion, philosophy, architecture, technology, science, education, sports, social structure, and economy. Cultural literacy includes but is not limited to knowledge of the humanities. True cultural literacy takes many years to develop, whether one is a student of a foreign country or a student of one's own society. Students should not be under the illusion that they truly know another society as a result of studying it for a few weeks or even for a year. At the very least they should learn how difficult it is to master a culture and should be encouraged to recognize that education is a lifelong process [stress added]." [See: http://score.rims.k12.ca.us/sub_standards/cal_hist_socsci_frame_stan.html for the History-Social Science Frameworks]

THREE REQUIRED TEXTS:
Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict: Readings in Cultural Anthropology (12th Edition)
Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Loon (1982), Darwin For Beginners.
Charles F. Urbanowicz (Fall 2006 edition) Social Science 303 Guidebook [also available at http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_SOSC303-FA2006.html]

THREE RECOMMENDED ITEMS:
Any English Language Dictionary.
William A. Strunk, Jr., 2000, The Elements of Style (4th edition).
The World Almanac and Book of Facts 2006.

ASSESSMENT: Make-up exams only allowed IF there has been a documented emergency: likewise, your Writing Assignment #1 (5%) is DUE on September 15, 2006 and will ONLY be accepted late IF there has been a documented and extreme emergency: NOTE} failure of your computer to print out the Writing Assignment that morning is not, REPEAT, is not an emergency! In an emergency, please contact Urbanowicz as soon as possible b.e.f.o.r.e. or after the emergency! Likewise, Writing Assignment #2 (10%) is DUE on Friday December 8, 2006. Please note the following important dates (and look at dates & requirements for your other courses):

WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 (5%) Friday} 9/15/2006
Based on a classroom assignment and DUE Friday September 15, 2006
EXAM I (20%) Friday} 9/22/2006
Based on information since 8/21/2006 to 9/20/2006
EXAM II (25%) Friday} 11/3/2006
Based on information since 9/25/2006 to 11/1/2006
THANKSGIVING BREAK
November 20 [Monday] -> November 24 [Friday], 2006
WRITING ASSIGNMENT #2 (10%) Friday} 12/8/2006
Due by the end of Week 16 (Friday} 12/8/2006)
EXAM III (20%) Monday} 12/11/2006} 12->1:50pm
Based on readings and discussions since November 6, 2006 and major points and Darwin For Beginners.
CLASS PARTICIPATION / CLASS PRESENTATION (20%)
21 August 2006 -> 11 December 2006

THE COURSE is heavily mediated and you are responsible for certain information presented in this manner. Individuals are expected to locate major land masses discussed in lectures, readings, visuals, etc. Each examination has a map component based on the maps in one of the required texts: Social Science 303 Guidebook. You are also responsible for selected information distributed in any additional handouts that might be distributed for the course. Your Writing Assignments should be word-processed and double-spaced. WA #1 (5%) should be approximately 250-300 words; WA #2 (10%) should be approximately 500-1000 words. PLEASE NOTE: Various WWW addresses are provided and they will be expanded upon throughout the semester, but at this time no examination questions will be based on these WWW locations: they are shared with you for exploration on your own. ALSO NOTE: At various times throughout the semester, this web Guidebook will be updated and you may be responsible for some of the information provided to you in these updates. [The above paragraph contains ~163 words.]

NOTE: If you have a documented disability that may require reasonable accommodations, please contact Disability Support Services (DSS) for coordination of your academic accommodations. DSS is located in the University Center (behind Kendall Hall). The DSS phone number is 898-5959 V/TTY or FAX 898-4411. Visit the DSS website at http://www.csuchico.edu/dss/.

PLEASE REMEMBER: Free public lectures, ANTHROPOLOGY FORUM (ANTH 497-01} #1155) for One Unit every Thursday from 4 -> 4:50pm in Ayres Hall 120. One unit of credit is available through Dr.Stacy B. Schaefer, Chair, Department of Anthropology.

NOTE: Below you have several items that are made bold: namely "Overview" and "Repeat" in reference to assigned readings. Please: if I have gone to the trouble of making them bold and assigning them more than once (and "Overview" articles are overviews of what you are reading), please read them!

The Functions of Grading: Underlying the rationale for grades is the theme of communication. Grades communicate one or more of the following functions:

1. To recognize that classroom instructors have the right and responsibility to provide careful evaluation of student performance and the responsibility for timely assignment of appropriate grades;
2. To recognize performance in a particular course;
3. To act as a basis of screening for other courses or programs (including graduate school);
4. To inform you of your level of achievement in a specific course; To stimulate you to learn;
5. To inform prospective employers and others of your achievement.

DEFINITION OF LETTER GRADING SYMBOLS:

A -- Superior Work: A level of achievement so outstanding that it is normally attained by relatively few students.
B -- Very Good Work: A high level of achievement clearly better than adequate competence in the subject matter/skill, but not as good as the unusual, superior achievement of students earning an A.
C -- Adequate Work: A level of achievement indicating adequate competence in the subject matter/skill. This level will usually be met by a majority of students in the class.
D -- Minimally Acceptable Work: A level of achievement which meets the minimum requirements of the course.
F -- Unacceptable Work: A level of achievement that fails to meet the minimum requirements of the course. Not passing.

ON PLAGIARISM / MISREPRESENTATION:

Plagiarism, in the 2005-2007 University Catalogue (page 51), is defined as follows: "Copying homework answers from your text to hand in for a grade; failing to give credit for ideas, statement of facts, or conclusions derived from another source; submitting a paper downloaded from the Internet or submitting a friend's paper as your own; claiming credit for artistic work (such as a music composition, photo, painting, drawing, sculpture, or design) done by someone else." AND SEE: http://www.csuchico.edu/art/contrapposto/contrapposto00/pages/appendix8.html please note the following: "B. Plagiarism will lead to grade reduction [for] the course and could lead to suspension from the University. (You are responsible to the standards appearing in the University's catalogue and the student handbook. Please read the University's pamphlet, Academic Honesty, an Ounce of Prevention.) Copies of this handbook are available at the Student Judicial Affairs Office in Kendall Hall [stress added]." (And see here below.)

ALSO, please note the following from the 2005-2007 University Catalogue (page 51) on Misrepresentation: "Having another student take your exam, or do your computer program or lab experiment; lying to an instructor to increase your grade; submitting a paper that is substantially the same for credit in two different courses without prior approval of both instructors involved; altering a graded work after it has been returned and then submitting the work for regrading [stress added]."


A NOT SO BIG SECRET: #1} The information (or "meaning") that you will get out of this course will be in direct proportion to the energy you expend on assignments and requirements: readings, writing assignment, examinations, and thinking assignments. #2} I will try to provide you with new information and ideas every class period!
Please Click To Get To The Exact Week In This Web GUIDEBOOK:

SPECIAL: Fall 2006 Certain Statements

1. WEEK 1: Beginning Monday August 21, 2006: INTRODUCTION & OVERVIEW TO THE COURSE AND SOCIAL SCIENCE 303.

2. WEEK 2: Beginning Monday August 28, 2006: WHAT DOES AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO FOR A LIVING? [AND WHAT IS SOCIAL SCIENCE & TEACHING?] and Writing Assignment #1 Instructions (WA #1 is DUE Friday September 15, 2006 ) [5%].

SPECIAL: Notes on California / Chico

SPECIAL: On the "100 percent American" by Ralph Linton

3. WEEK 3: Wednesday & Friday} September 6 & 8, 2006: EVOLUTION AND LANGUAGE.

SPECIAL: Cyberspace (Including some Lesson Plan Locations).

4. WEEK 4: Beginning Monday September 11, 2006: LANGUAGE & ECOLOGY & CULTURE (CONTINUED) and WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 (5%) DUE ON FRIDAY September 15, 2006.

SPECIAL: The Nacirema.

5. WEEK 5: Beginning Monday September 18, 2006: EVOLUTION, HUNTERS AND GATHERERS, REVIEW, and EXAM I (20%) on Friday September 22, 2006.

6. WEEK 6: Beginning Monday September 25, 2006: CHARLES DARWIN & "DARWINISM" AND CONTROVERSIES. CLASSROOM PRESENTATION INSTRUCTIONS, WRITING ASSIGNMENT #2 INSTRUCTIONS. TERMINOLOGY FOR CLASS PRESENTATIONS (that BEGIN WEEK #12, November 6, 2006). Your FINAL WRITING ASSIGNMENT is DUE December 8, 2006 [10%] - the last day of class.

SPECIAL: Notes on Charles Darwin (February 12, 1809 - April 19, 1882)

SPECIAL: Fall 2006 "Current Information"

SPECIAL: Writing Assignment #2 Instructions & Classroom Presentation Instructions.

7. WEEK 7: Beginning Monday, October 2, 2006: BACK TO THE PACIFIC: TASMANIA & ....

8. WEEK 8: Beginning Monday October 9, 2006: ROLES & INEQUALITY & ECONOMICS & CHANGE.

9. WEEK 9: Beginning Monday October 17, 2006: CULTURE CHANGE CONTINUED.  

10. WEEK 10: Beginning October 23, 2006: NATIVE AMERICANS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE AND BEGINNING JANE GOODALL.

SPECIAL: Notes on Native Americans

11. WEEK 11: Beginning Monday October 30, 2006: TO THE FUTURE, CREATIVITY, AND REVIEW AND EXAM II (25%) on Friday November 3, 2006.

12. WEEK 12: Beginning Monday November 6, 2006: PRESENTATIONS BEGIN.

13. WEEK 13: Beginning Monday November 13, 2006: PRESENTATIONS CONTINUE.

14. WEEK 14: THANKSGIVING BREAK: MONDAY NOVEMBER 20, 2006 -> FRIDAY NOVEMBER 24, 2006 !

15. WEEK 15: Beginning Monday November 27, 2006: PRESENTATIONS CONTINUE.

16. WEEK 16: Beginning Monday December 4, 2006: PRESENTATIONS CONTINUE AND CONCLUDE. WRITING ASSIGNMENT #2 (10%) IS DUE ON FRIDAY DECEMBER 9, 2006.

17. WEEK 17: EXAM III (20%): SOSC 303-03} BUTTE 505} On MONDAY December 11, 2006 from Noon -> 1:50pm.

A Short Course In Human Relations
TABLE OF EXCUSES: Please Give Excuse By Number In Order To Save Time:

SPECIAL: Selected University Resources For Students

SPECIAL: Brief Disclaimer Essay On This Web-Based Syllabus

EIGHT ESSAYS BY URBANOWICZ FOR SPRING 2006


SEVEN GOALS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY AT CSU, CHICO

1. An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

2. A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

3. A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

4. Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

5. Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

6. The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

7. Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.


CERTAIN STATEMENTS COLLECTED by Charles F. Urbanowicz for Fall 2006.

"I say my philosophy, not as claiming authorship of ideas which are widely diffused in modern thought, but because the ultimate selection and synthesis must be a personal responsibility." Sir Arthur Eddington [1882-1944], The Philosophy of Physical Science, 1949: page viii.

"Meaning is not something you stumble across, like the answer to a riddle or the prize in a treasure hunt. Meaning is something you build into your life. You build it out of your own past, out of your affections and loyalties, out of the experience of humankind as it is passed on to you, out of your own talent and understanding, out of things you believe in, of of the things and people you love, out of the values for which you are willing to sacrifice something. The ingredients are there. You are the only one who can put them together into that unique pattern that will be your life. Let it be a life that has dignity and meaning for you. If it does, then the particular balance of success or failure is of less account [stress added]." John W. Gardner (1912-2002)

"Any teacher who can be replaced by a computer deserves to be!" David Smith; as cited by Mike Cooley, 1999, Human-Centered Design. In Information Design (1999), edited by Robert Jacobson (MIT Press), pages 59-81, page 73.

"We are here to add what we can to, not to get what we can from, life." Sir William Osler [1849-1919)
"A teacher affects eternity; he [or she!!] can never tell where his [or her] influence stops." Henry Brooks Adams [1838-1918], The Education of Henry Adams, chapter 20).

"Anything we haven't experienced for ourselves sounds like a story. All we can do is sift the evidence."Mary Norton, 1953, The Borrowers Afield."

"Enseigner, c'est apprendre deux fois. To teach is to learn twice." Joseph Joubert [1754-1824], (1842) Pensées).

They judge me before they even know me." Shrek.
Ellen Weiss, 2001, Shrek: The Novel (NY: Puffin Books), page 86.

"I wish that I could persuade every teacher in an elementary school to be proud of his [or her!] occupation--not conceited or pompous, but proud. People who introduce themselves with the shameful remark that they are 'just an elementary teacher' give me despair in my heart. Did you ever hear a lawyer say deprecatingly that he [or she] was only a little patent attorney? Did you ever hear a physican say 'I am just a brain surgeon'? I beg of you to stop apologizing for being a member of the most important section of the most important profession in the world. Draw yourself up to your full height, look anybody squarely in the eye, and say, I am a teacher." William G. Carr

"The cutting edge of knowledge is not in the known but in the unknown, not in knowing but in questioning. Facts, concepts, generalizations, and theories are dull instruments unless they are honed to a sharp edge by persistent inquiry about the unknown." Ralph H. Thompson [1911-1987] American Educator.

"We were getting close to the answer and I was beginning to fly. I could feel my brain cells doing a little tap dance of delight. I was half-skipping, excitement bubbling out of me as we crossed the street. 'I love information. I love information. Isn't this great? God, it's fun...'" The character Kinsey Milhone, in Sue Grafton, 1990, "G" Is For Gumshoe, page 277.

"It is our choices that show what we truly are, far more than our abilities." The character Albus Dumbledore to Harry Potter in Harry Potter And the Chamber of Secrets, 1998, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 333.
"Education is experience, and the essence of experience is self-reliance." E.B. White [1899-1985], 1939, The Once And Future King (1967 G.P. Putnam edition), page 46.

"Any education is the process of learning how little you know." Eichard Corliss, 2003, Hook, Line And Thinker. Time, May 26, 2003, pages 60-63, page 63.

"The secret of education lies in respecting the pupil." Ralph Waldo Emerson [1803-1882]

"Children need models more than they need critics." Joseph Joubert [1754-1824, French Essayist, (1842) Pensées

"Children think not of what is past, nor what is to come, but enjoy the present time, which few of us do." Jean de La Bruyère [1645-1696]

"Encouraging students to trust themselves is one of the most important things a teacher can do. ... You can help the student know herself [or himself!] by inspiring participation and promoting self-confidence." Judith Kahn, 1975, The Guide To Conscious Communication, page 4.

Jamie Foxx stated that "What Ray [Charles] taught me is that when you rid yourself of excuses, there's nothing you can't do." (In The Sacramento Bee, November 3, 2004, page E4.)

"If you think teachers are getting younger these days, you're not mistaken. Visit any high school, and you'll find it difficult to tell the new teachers from the students, In California, after class size reduction was enacted, more than 30,000 new teachers were hired. In 2002, another 11,494 new teachers came on board. With 40 percent of the existing workforce eligible for retirement within five years, the number of rookie teachers is likely to continue to grow [stress added]." Sherry Posnick-Goodwin, 2004, New teachers: The Next Generation, California Educator, June 2004, pages 6-11, page 6.

"...for every 100 students who enter ninth grade in California, only 70 graduate four years later. Broken down by racial groups, 57 percent of Latino ninth-graders will graduate in four years, compared with 59 percent of African Americans, 81 percent of white students and 89 percent of Asian Americans. California's graduation rates are about even with the national average, meaning the whole country has a long way to go in improving high schools, said Russlyn Ali, director of Education Trust-West. But what most concerns Ali is the report's finding that only 23 percent of ninth-graders in California go on to graduate with a grade of "C" or better in the courses required to qualify for the University of California and California State University systems [stress added]." Heather Knight, 2004, California: Only 70% graduate high school on time - Less than 1 in 4 have 'C' grade in core college courses. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 4, 2004 [see: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?f=/c/a/2004/06/04/BAGJ370QUK1.DTL]

"A state report paints a bleak portrait of California' public school finances, finding that as many as 79 districts may not be able to pay their bills in two years. One-third of the state's 982 public school districts have tapped reserves to make ends meet, with 14 expecting to run oiut of money in the next two years...." Anon., 2005, More California schools report financial problems, report finds. The Chico Enterprise-Record, July 8, 2005, page 6A.

"California won't have enough educated employees to fill available jobs in 2025, if current demographic trends continue, and it won't be producing enough to catch up....Nearly 40 percent of California jobs will require a college degree in 20 years, but only 33 percent of residents are expected to have completed that level of education." From an EDITORIAL in The Chico Enterprise-Record, June 24, 2005, page 12A.

"Statistics released Thursday [July 14, 2005] show that 9-year-olds' reading skills have risen since since 1971, and the biggest jump has come in the past five years.... 17-year-olds' skills actually declined in both math and reading...." Greg Toppo, 2005, Younger students excel in reading. USA Today, July 15-17, 2005, page 1.

"In the 1960s, 4% of kids were obese. Today [2006], 16% are overweight, according to the CDC [Centers for Disease Control and Prevention]. It can be seen in their brains. Studies indicate that children who spend lots of time outdoors have longer attention spans than kids who watch lots of television and play video games.... Children ages 8 to 10 spend an average of 6 hours a day watching television, playing video games and using computers [stress added]." Dennis Cauchon, 2005, Childhood pastimes are increasingly moving indoors. USA Today, July 12, 2005, pages 1 + 2, page 2.

"Researchers say too much TV viewing in childhood has long-term effects on learning. In one study, they found that simply having a TV set in a kid's bedroom can be linked to lower academic skills. In another, researchers in New Zealand tracked 1,037 children for nearly 30 years in the first long-term follow-up measuring childhood viewing and educational achievement. They say those who watched the most TV from ages 5 to 15 were least likely to graduate from high school or college by age 26.... [Another survey of] 386 third-graders in the San Francisco Bay area in 2000.... found that those with TVs in their rooms had much lover reading, math and writing scores on standardized tests [stress added]." Greg Toppo, 2005, Three studies suggest TV hampers kids' academic skills. USA Today, July 5, 2005, page 7D.

"Before they can even read, almost one in four children in nursery school is learning a skill that even some adults hace yet to master: using the internet. Some 23 percent of children in nursery school--kids age 3, 4 or 5--have gone online, according to the Education Department. By kindergarten, 32 percent have used the Internet, typically under adult supervision [stress added]." Anon., 2005, Young children learning Internet skills before reading. The Chico Enterprise-Record, June 5, 2005, page 12A.

AND SEE: "Are California School's Ready For the 21st Century" at: http://www2.edtrust.org/EdTrust/ETW/hs+report.htm [and: Peter Schrag, 2004, From A to G: Shaping up California's high schools. The Sacramento Bee, June 16, 2004, page B7.

"Every child is an artist. The problem is how to remain an artist after growing up." Pablo Ruiz Y Picasso [1881-1973].

"Only a mediocre person is always at his [or her] best. Somerset Maugham [1874-1965].

"Mediocrity knows nothing higher than itself, but talent instantly recognizes genius." Sir Arthur Conan Doyle [1859-1930].

"Genius is one per cent inspiration and ninety-nine percent perspiration." Thomas A. Edison [1847-1931]

"In the field of observation, chance only favors those who are prepared." Louis Pasteur [1822-1895].

"Speed is the enemy of observation." Jacques-Yves Costeau, The Living Sea, 1964.

"Research is to see what everybody has seen, and to think what nobody else has thought." Albert Szent-Gyorgyi [1893-1986]).

"Education is that which remains when one has forgotten everything he [or she] learned in school." Albert Einstein [1879-1955]

"No man [or individual!] can be a good teacher unless he [or she!] has feelings of warm affection towards his [or her!] pupils and a genuine desire to impart to them what he [or she!] himself [or herself!] believes to be of value." Bertrand Russell (1872-1970)

"This message is for Mrs. Bailey, my second-grade teacher. When I saw you the other day in Costco the memories came flooding back. It's been more than 35 years since you were my teacher and still you remembered my name. I will never forget your love and kindness and skill as a teacher. Growing up in my house was no fun, being abused in more ways that I care to remember. Going to school was my escape. I would get there before your little blue station wagon so I could see your smile first thing. Your confidence and belief in me gave me hope and let me know life was good. I have a wonderful family of my own now and a great nursing career. I just want to say thank you for showing me the way to happiness [stress added]." Anon., 2004, The Chico Enterprise-Record, October 9, 2004, page 2A.

"No matter how much I admire our schools, I know that no university exists that can provide an education; what a university can provide is an outline, to give the learner a direction and guidance. The rest one has to do for oneself." Louis L'Amour, 1989, Education of A Wandering Man, page 3.

"An education isn't how much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know.
It's being able to differentiate between what you do know and what you don't.
" Anatole France (1844-1924)

"A book is like a garden carried in the pocket." Arab Proverb

"...I do believe something very magical can happen when you read a good book" [stress added]." Joanne K. Rowling, 1999, Harry Potter Author Reveals The Secret.... In USA Weekend, November 12-14, 1999, page 4.

"Reading furnishes the mind only with materials of knowledge; it is thinking makes what we read ours." John Locke [1632-1704].

"Whatever you cannot understand, you cannot possess." J. W. Von Goethe [1749-1832].

"Scientific explanation is a mode of behavior that gives us pleasure, like love or art. The best way to understand the nature of scientific explanation is to experience the peculiar zing that you get when someone (preferably yourself) has succeeded in actually explaining something." (Steven Weinberg, 1992, Dreams of a Final Theory: The Search For The Fundamental Laws of Nature, page 26).
"When you ferret out something for yourself, piecing the clues together unaided, it remains for the rest of your life in some way truer than facts you are merely taught, and freer from onslaughts of doubt." Colin Fletcher, 1968, The Man Who Walked Through Time , p. 109.

"We do not see things as they are, we see things as we are." [from The Talmud)

"Life is a romantic business. It is painting a picture, not doing a sum--but you have to make the romance, and it will come to the question of how much fire you have in your belly. (Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. [1841-1935], in a letter of 1911.

"Amaze me with your stories. Thrill me with your experiences. Astound me with your brilliance. Convince me with your passion. Show excitement. Intrigue. Anything--just don't bore me with another computer graphics presentation [stress added]." Clifford Stoll, 1999, High-Tech Heretic: Why Computers Don't Belong in the Classroom and Other Refledctions by a Computer Contrarian (NY: Doubleday), page 183.

About J. K. Rowling: "Barry Cunningham, her first edtor at Bloomsbury Publishing in London remembers giving her 'terrible advice' when they met in the 1990s. Rowling was a divorced woman without much money. 'She was telling me about her circumstances. I was worried she was really relying on Harry [Potter!] to be the future for her and her daughter.' Cunningham says. 'I told her she wouldn't make any money at children's books, and she should get a day job [stress added].'" Jacqueline Blais, Like magic, she's wealthy. USA Today, July 7, 2005, page 4D.

"Destination, Determination, Deliberation." The character Wilkie Twycross in J. K. Rowling, 2005, Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince (NY: Scholastic Books), page 384.

"Habits of thinking need not be forever. One of the most significant findings in psychology in the last twenty years is that individuals can choose they way they think." Martin E. P. Seligman, 2006, Learned Optimism: How to Change Your Mind and Your Life (NY: Vantage Books), page 8.

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)
FINALLY, Urbanowicz quotes Montaigne (1533-1592): "I quote others only the better to express myself."


WEEK 1: BEGINNING Tuesday August 21, 2006

I. INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW TO THE COURSE AND SOCIAL SCIENCE 303: COURSE ORGANIZATION & PLANNING.

An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A. PLEASE familiarize yourself with the format of this Guidebook; please glance at Darwin For Beginners.
B. PLEASE look at the Goals, Reading Assignments, Outline for each Day, Web Sites/Words/Terms, and Film Notes: There really are NO surprises in this course!

"Be yourself, be organized, be prepared, and be honest! Know your strengths and weaknesses and plan your semester. Create a calendar (examinations, field trips and days when you will have to miss class): Everyone is on the same schedule [or calendar!], and when Professor X has an exam in week five, chances are Professors Y and Z will have one! Prepare to work: The university is not high school but a job! Be honest with yourself: A famous statement from ancience Greece was Gnothi se auton ("Know thyself"). True thousands of years ago, true today, and true for the rest of your lives!" Charlie Urbanowicz, Chico State anthropology professor, Chico News & Review, Goin' Chico 2004, page 50.

"The day my parents dropped me off in Chico I was elated! No parents, no curfew and my own apartment. How could life get any better? What I didn't know was that with all this freedom comes responsibility. College is extremely different from high school. No one babysits you or makes sure you finish your homework. Professors don't care whether you come to class or not. You're now a responsible adult making our own decisions. In the past year Chico has made national headlines that have tarnished the school's image and made students ashamed to admit where they go to school. Consider this your chance to help shed a better light on the college." Kelly Shin, Chico State grad, class of 2005. The Chico News & Review, Going' Chico 2005, page 8.

C. READ THE VIDEO NOTES in this Guidebook before the films are shown in class.

"The consequences of our actions are always so complicated, so diverse, that predicting the future is a very difficult business indeed." (The Character Albus Dumbledore, In Harry Potter And The Prisoner of Azkaban, 1999, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 426.
"To teach is to help someone learn something more quickly than he [or she!] would learn it by trial and error." (Anon.)

D. YOU WILL BE using this Guidebook throughout the Semester: you will be reading Spradely & McCurdy (S&M) throughout the Semester; you will be reading Darwin For Beginners for the first seven weeks of the course (to be completed by EXAM II: November 3, 2006).
E. Information in the Guidebook, as well as
Darwin For Beginners and well as some Spradley & McCurdy articles and terminology WILL be on the final exam on Monday December 11, 2006. PLEASE TAKE NOTES IN THIS Guidebook: IT WILL NOT BE RE-PURCHASED BY THE BOOKSTORE.
F.
Urbanowicz on "Teaching" might be of interest and may be found by clicking here: ESSAY #1 & ESSAY #2 at the end of this printed Guidebook.
E. A "REPEAT" OF SOME OF THE TRANSPARENCIES USED USED ON DAY 1 OF CLASS (August 21, 2006 ) IS AVAILABLE AT: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/SOSC303FA2006
F. ALSO, please think about the following
for this class (and ALL of your classes):

"Your instructor, however knowledgeable and good at communicating, cannot talk about everything at once. He or she cannot tell you at the same time about specific ethnographic cases and different kinds of societies, or about epistemological assumptions about how we learn things at the same time as about ethnographic field work methods, or about heuristic theories at the same time as about specific understandings of particular cultural patterns. He or she cannot tell you about Darwin [1809-1882] and Mendel's [1822-1884] contribution to evolution at the same time he or she is discussing the details of Australopithecus robustus, much less the ecological context and why we think the population that this fossil represents adapted to life on the savanna. You eventually need to know all of these things and how they influence one another, but you cannot learn all of it at once. Be patient; you will catch on [stress added]." Philip Carl Salzman and Patricia C. Rice, 2004, Thinking Anthropologically: A Practical Guide For Students (NJ: Pearson/Prentice-Hall), page 2.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Culture and Ethnography" by S&M [Overview], pages 1-5.
"Ethnography and Culture" by James P. Spradley, pages 7-14.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview], pages 212-215.
"Law and Politics" [Overview] by S&M, pages 300-303.

III. WHAT DOES A SOCIAL SCIENTIST OR AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO?

"Open your discourse with a jest, and let your hearers laugh a little; then become serious." (Talmud: Shabbath. 30b)

A. For a MASSIVE Anthropology site [my term for it], please see: http://www.unipv.it/webbio/dfantrop.htm as well as Anthropology Resources on the Internet and the local: http://www.csuchico.edu/lbib/anthropology/anthropology.html; and http://www.csuchico.edu/lref/guides/rbs/anthro.htm [Anthropology "jumping off" point at CSU, Chico], as well as http://www.sjsu.edu/depts/anthropology/svcp/ [The Silicon Valley Cultures Project].

"A picture shows me at a glance what it takes dozens of pages of a book to expound." (Ivan Sergeyevich Turgenev [1818-1838], Fathers and Sons (1862), Chapter 16.

"Anthropology--From Greek anthropos (man) and logia (study)--is the systematic wonder about and the scientific study of humans. Wonder about humans is probably as old as man [and woman!], Homo sapiens." Morris Freilich, 1983, The Pleasure of Anthropology, page x.

"The word "anthropology" first appeared in the English language in 1593 (the first of the "ologies," incidentally, to do so). The word "ethnology" made its first appearance in an 1830...." Charles F. Urbanowicz, 1992, Four-Field Commentary. Newsletter of the American Anthropological Association, 1992, Volume 33, Number 9, page 3. [And see: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Pub_Papers/4field.html]

"Lisa, get away from that jazzman! Nothing personal. I just fear the unfamiliar [stress added]." Marge Simpson, February 11, 1990, Moaning Lisa. Matt Groening et al., 1997, The Simpsons: A Complete Guide To Our Favorite Family (NY: HarperCollins), page 22.

"The barbarous heathen are nothing more strange to us than we are to them.... Human reason is a tincture in like weight and measure infused into all our opinions and customs, what form soever they be, infinite in matter, infinite in diversity." (Michel Eyquem de Montaigne [1533-1592], Essays, page 53 [1959 paperback publication of a translation from 1603].

"He had a term for people like this: temporal provincials--people who were ignorant of the past, and proud of it. Temporal provincials were convinced that the present was the only time that mattered, and that anything that had occured earlier could be safely ignored. The modern world was compelling and new, and the past had no bearing on it." Michael Crichton, 1999, Timeline (Ballantine Books November 2000 Paperback), page 84.

"All in all, anthropology is fun! I enjoy what I do and in a few words, I honestly believe that teaching should be fun. I will use any 'hard' anthropological data available to get the anthropological message across and any 'soft' fictional data (or ideas) which are also appropriate" [stress added]." Charles F. Urbanowicz, 2000, Mnemonics, Quotations, Cartoons, And A Notebook: "Tricks" For Appreciating Cultural Diversity. Strategies For Teaching Anthropology (Edited by Patricia C. Rice and David W. McCurdy) [NJ: Prentice Hall], pages 132-140, page 137.

B. Please see Create Your Own Newspaper (http://crayon.net/using/links.html) and if you are interested in "Anthropology In The News" glance at http://www.tamu.edu/anthropology/news.html.
C. Text(s), Assignments, Examinations (Three), and Grading
D. How to "use" this Guidebook, Film Notes, and various WWW "addresses" shared with you. NOTE THE FOLLOWING taken from Rick Steves' Europe Through the Back Door 1999 (1998, pages 8-9):

"Guidebooks are $15 tools for $3,000 experiences. Many otherwise smart people base the trip of a lifetime on a borrowed copy of a three-year-old guidebook. The money they saved in the bookstore was wasted the first day of their trip, searching for hotels and restaurants long since closed. When I visit someplace as a rank beginner--a place like Belize or Sri Lanka--I equip myself with a good guidebook and expect myself to travel smart. I travel like an old pro, not because I'm a super traveler, but because I have good information and use it. I'm a connoisseur of guidebooks. My trip is my child. I love her. And I give her the best tutors money can buy. Too many people are penny-wise and pound-foolish when it comes to information. ... All you need is a good guidebook covering your destination. Before buying a book, study it. How old is the information? The cheapest books are often the oldest--no bragain. Who wrote it? What's the author's experience? Does the book work for you--or the tourist industry? Does it specialize in hard opinions--or superlatives? For whom is it written? Is it readable? It should have personality without chattiness and information without fluff. Don't believe everything you read. The power of the printed word is scary. Most books are peppered with information that is flat-out wrong. Incredibly enough, even this book may have an error" [stress added]." Rick Steves' Europe Through the Back Door 1999 (Santa Fe, NM: John Muir Publications), 1998, pages 8-9.

E. Desired Outcomes of the Course: for you and for me!

"An estimated one-third of the students who start out in high school in California do not graduate with their peers four years later....California public schools had 437,974 students enrolled in ninth grade in 1995 four years later, 299,221 students graduated - a 68.3 percent graduation rate [stress added]." Deb Kollars, The Sacramento Bee, June 9, 2000, page 1.

PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING from USAToday of May 10, 2002: Kids get 'abysmal' grade in history: High school seniors don't know basics. "On the test: 57% of seniors could not perform even at the basic level. 32% performed at the basic level. 10% performed grade-level work, and 1% were advanced or superior. ... The federally mandated test was administered to 29,000 fourth-, eighth- and 12th-graders at 1,100 public and private schools. Fourth-and eighth-grade students did better than seniors, but not by much. ... [Sample Question]: When the United States entered the Second World War, one of its allies was: A) Germany. B) Japan. C) The Soviet Union. D) Italy. 52% failed to pick the correct answer, C. ... [stress added]." Tamara Henry, USAToday, May 10, 2002, page 1. (And see the web site: http://www.nces.ed.gov/nationsreportcard} National Center for Education Statistics.)

PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING from The Chico Enterprise-Record of November 21, 2002: "One in 10 young Americans could not locate his [or her?!] own country on a blank map of the world, a survey of geographic literacy shows. Only 13 percent could find Iraq. ... survey found that about one in seven of Americans between age 18 and 24, the prime age for military service, could place Iraq [stress added]."

PLEASE NOTE THE FOLLOWING from the "Editorial" in The Chico Enterprise-Record of February 3, 2002: "Here are some of the unsettling results of recent polls and studies taken in the United States on geograpy awareness: One in seven U.S. adults could not locate the United States on a world map. Three out of 10 Americans cannot distinguish north from south on a map. Nearly half of the college students in California could not identify Japan on a map. ... Twenty-five percent of high school seniors in Dallas [Texas] couldn't name the country on our southern border. In Baltimore [Maryland], 45 percent of high school seniors couldn't shade in the United States on the world map. ... In Miami [Florida], 30 percent couldn't locate the Pacific Ocean [stress added]."

"...kids' lives are very different outside of school. As an example here is a list from the Bell South Foundation (http://www.bellsouthfoundation.org) from a report on their Power to Teach program: 'The average 15 year-old: Has never dialed a phone; Purchases movie tickets from the Internet rather than standing in lines; Plays computer simulated games rather than board games; Downloads music instead of playing records or tapes; Fell in love with Barney instead of Captain Kangaroo; Pays with debit cards rather than checks.' The constant underlying factor in this list (and other lists like it) is technology. Add to this list the fact that over 13 million Gameboys were sold last year, targeting 7 to 11 year-olds. Students are immersed in technology and media outside of school. In school, they need similar experiences and to create similar experiences to connect the outside world with school [stress added]." (from: http://www.thejournal.com/thefocus/feature.cfm)

"Most fourth-graders spend less than three hours a week writing, which is about 15 percent of the time they spend watching television. Seventy-five percent of high school seniors never get a writing assignment from their history or social studies teachers.... These are among the findings of a report issued Friday [April 25, 2003] by the national Commision on Writing in America's Schools and Colleges, a blue-ribbon panel organized by the College Board [stress added]." Anon., 2003, Schools get knuckles rapped for neglecting writing skills. The Sacramento Bee, April 26, 2003, page A7.

"Nearly 80 percent of seniors at 55 top colleges and universities--including Harvard and Princeton--received a D or F on a 34-question, high-school level American history test that contained historical references....'These students are allowed to graduate as if they didn't know the past existed [stress added].'...." Anon, 2000, American History Quiz Stumps Many College Seniors. San Francisco Chronicle, June 28, 2000, page A3.

"California high school students graduated a slightly higher percentage of students last year compared to the 2001 graduation rate.... Of the 468,162 students who started the ninth grade in 1998, an estimated 69.6 percent, or 325,895, graduated last year. That's up from 68.9 percent the year before.... The figures are estimates because they do not take into account students who enter or leave the state during high school [stress added]." Anon., 2003, High school graduation rate improves. The Chico Enterprise-Record, April 24, 2003, page 2A. [And see: http://www.cde.ca.gov/demographics/]   

"George Lucas may be a pioneer in film and digital teachnology, but how he's turning to an old medium--magazines--to promote his passion, education.... http://www.edutopia.org to see if they qualify for a subscription." Dan Fost, 2004, Lucas Starts New Educational Crusade. The San Francisco Chroniocle, 17 October 2004, pages J1 + J5.

IV. CULTURE AND THE CONTEMPORARY WORLD

"The palest ink is better than the best memory." (Chinese proverb) and "The ear is a less trustworthy witness than the eye." (Herodotus [c.485-426 B.C.], The Histories of Herodotus, Book 1, Chapter 8).

"You are the only person whom you will be with for the rest of your life, so you should learn to be at peace with who you are and how valuable you are in God's eyes." James Finn Garner as cited in Rachel Chandler, 1998, The Most Important Lessons In Life: Letters To A Young Girl, page 48.

"Anthropology provides a scientific basis for dealing with the crucial dilemma of the world today: how can peoples of different appearance, mutually unintelligible languages, and dissimilar ways of life get along peaceably together? Of course, no branch of knowledge constitutes a cure-all for all the ills of mankind. ... Students who had not gone beyond the horizon of their own society could not be expected to perceive custom which was the stuff of their own thinking. The scientist of human affairs needs to know as much about the eye that sees as the object seen. Anthropology holds up a great mirror to man[kind] and lets him [and her!] look at himself in his infinite variety. This, and not the satisfaction of idle curiosity nor romantic quest, is the meaning of the anthropologist's work.... [stress in original]." Clyde Kluckhohn, 1949, Mirror For Man: The Relation of Anthropology To Modern Life, page 1 and page 10)

"If there is one thing that anthropologists of the 20th Century have demonstrated it is the position that there is no one single culture which can serve as the sole model of analysis of other cultures. Perhaps the most important point of modern 20th century Anthropology has been the detailed and documented account of the tremendous range of variation of 'cultures of this planet' and this is a distinct move away from various 19th century, and apparently some 20th century views, which offer a monolithic interpretation of CULTURE against which 'lesser' cultures can be appropriately ranked! [stress added]." Charles F. Urbanowicz, 1978, Cultural Implications of Extraterrestrial Contact and the Colonzation of Space. The Industrialization of Space: Advances in the Astronautical Sciences, Edited by Richard A. Van Patten et al., (San Diego, CA: Published for the American Astronautical Society Publication by Univelt, Inc.), pages 785-797, page 793.

"Anthropology enables us to discover the different cultural worlds that human groups create and inhabit, and to understand these worlds in terms other than our own. Anthropology helps us appreciate that each culture has its own distinctive ethos or world view, each with its own logic and coherence. Anthropology therefore serves as a bridge across cultures, making one intelligible to the other, preserving the integrity of each [stress added]." Riall Nolan, 2002, Development Anthropology: Encounters in the Real World (Westview Press), page 3.

A. The Concept of Culture & Basic Cultural Diversity: ABCs.
B. The Sub-disciplines of Anthropology

"...it seems plain and self-evident, yet it needs to be said: the isolated knowledge obtained by a group of specialists in a narrow field [or an individual researcher] has in itself no value whatsoever, but only in its synthesis with all the rest of knowledge and only inasmuch as it really contributes in this synthesis something toward answering the demand 'who are we?'" 1933 Nobel Laureate in Physics, Erwin Schrödinger (1887-1961)

C. The World Wide Web and the changing aspects of....everything!

http://www.123cam.com/ [Web Cameras Around The World!]
http://www.ilovelanguages.com/ [I Love languages} Your Guide to Languages on the Web]
http://www.bbc.co.uk/education/languages/ [BBC Languages - Homepage]
http://ocw.mit.edu/index.html [Masachusetts Institute of Technology} OpenCourseWare Home]
http://www.archaeologychannel.org/content/AudioNews/humexp.html [The Archaeology Channel]
http://www.mhhe.com/socscience/anthropology/supersite/ [McGraw-Hill Anthropology SuperSite]
http://www.indiana.edu/~ensiweb/home.html [ENSI/SENSI: Evolution]
http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/index.html [Test Your Geography Knowledge]
http://www.earthchangestv.com/index.htm [Earth Change News]
http://www.utm.edu/research/iep/ [The Internet Encyclopedia of Philosophy]
http://www.californiacoastline.org/ [California Coastal Records Project]
http://www.sachistoryonline.org/ {Sacramento History Online]
http://www.cia.gov/ [The Central Intelligence Agency]
http://www.anthro.mankato.msus.edu/emuseum1.html
[E-Museum} Minnesota State University]

"There's a fair amount of deceptive and misleading information on the Internet that is posing as truth.... Factors to consider: 1. Who wrote it? 2. Who published it? 3. is the information current, accurate, and complete? 4. Is the information presented in an objective manner? 5. How often is the site updated? 6. Is the document well written? [stress added]." LaJean Humphries, 2002, How to Evaluate a Web Site. In Web of Deception: Misinformation on the Internet (Anne P. Mintz, Editor) ( Medford NJ: Information Today, Inc.), pages 165-173, page 165.

V. THE SCOPE OF ANTHROPOLOGY / FIELD METHODS: WHAT WE DO
A.
Fieldwork in the Polynesian Kingdom of Tonga and and
B. THE YANOMAMO: A MULTIDISCIPLINARY STUDY: Comments on the Yanomamo of South America.

"In 1589 the Jesuit scholar José de Acosta, who lived and traveled widely in South America, proposed that native Americans were descended from people who had migrated from Siberia. More than four hundred years later, Acosta's idea has held up pretty well [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 195.

"We need to understand that the encounter of European Americans with the geography and native peoples of America forms a decisive element in who we are now and need to become [stress added]." Jacob Needleman, 2002, The American Soul: Rediscovering the Wisdom of the Founders (NY: Jeremy P. Tarcher/Putnam), page 40.

"The Yanomami have moved rapidly from the relative isolation of the rain forest to being involved in global battles to save their enrionment. When [ethnographic filmaker Timothy] Asch went back to the people he filmed twenty years ago, 'They looked at the films attentively and said that while they thought the films were quite accurate, it would be the 'kiss of death' for people to think that the Yanomami still live the way they appear to in the films. They suggested that I mkake a film about the way they live today' [stress added]." Jay Ruby, 2000, Picturing Culture: Explorations of Film & Anthropology (University of Chicago Press), page 134.

"During the past two decades, the Kayapó and the Yanomami have become the most famous of about 200 indigenous groups in Brazil. Painted, befeathered, and armed with stout clubs, the Kayapó have strutted across the world stage, while the Yanomami have been portrayed as once-proud savages reduced to helpless victims of white men's greed [stress added]." Linda A. Rabben 2004, Brazil's Indians and the Onslaught of Civilization: The Yanomami and the Kayapó (University of Washington Press), page 14.

C. Comments on "Cyberspace! [below in the electronic Guidebook].

VI. WHAT IS SCIENCE? WHAT IS SOCIAL SCIENCE? PLACING THINGS INTO PERSPECTIVE(S)

"Science is much more than a body of knowledge. It is a way of thinking." Carl Sagan [1934-1996].

"The cutting edge of knowledge is not in the known but in the unknown, not in knowing but in questioning. Facts, concepts, generalizations, and theories are dull instruments unless they are honed to a sharp edge by persistent inquiry about the unknown." Ralph H. Thompson [1911-1987] American Educator.

"How sad that so many people seem to think that science and religion are mutually exclusive [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 174.

"In looking at science, life, and my fellow human beings, my mind in an undisciplined way detects the cosmic within the nitty gritty and the trivial within the infinite. I believe that deep and important issues should be approached with sufficient good humor to keep us from regarding our mutable opinions as eternal truths. While not ignoring the real tragedy in the world, I feel it important to concentrate on hope. Given the existential dilemma of forever unanswered questions about our universe, I believe that joy is more fun than sadness and no further from the elusive reality of things. In short, it should be possible to be profound without being boring or being afflicted with malaise [stress added]." Harold J. Morowitz, 1979, The Wine Of Life And Other Essays On Societies, Energy & Living Things, page ix-x.

"Science is a public undertaking with many filters that a claim must pass through before it's accepted as part of the current conventional wisdom. Two of the most important of those filters are the refereeing process for scientific articles and the repeatability test for experimental results [stress added]." John L. Castin, 2000, Paradigms Regained: A Further Exploration of the Mysteries of Modern Science (Harper Collins/William Morrow), page 11.

"MACOS [Man: A Course Of Study, which came into being in the 1960s] was an early example of the potential of the multimedia course. The best way to introduce children to anthropological research would have been to take them into the feld to study baboons with DeVore and Washburn, or to accompany Balicki to the Arctic. The next best to this was film [stress added]." Peter B. Dow, 1991, Schoolhouse Politics: Lessons from the Sputnik Era (Harvard University Press), page 258.

"There are teaching jobs out there--estimates are that California will need 195,000 new teachers during the next 10 years. But the main questions are what subject areas are needed and which districts in the state have openings. ... The best indication of a state-wide teacher shortage is the 50,000 people currently teaching without full credentials....[stress added]." Walter Yost, 2003, Job market turnabout thwarts new teachers. The Sacramento Bee, June 5, 2003, page A1 + A22, page A22.

"For the same cost to parents as a bricks-and-mortar public school -- that is, nothing -- a student can now enroll instead in a virtual charter-school program that comes with a free computer, free curriculum and certified teachers. Those teachers visit with each of their 25 students every 20 days and are available whenever needed. They also administer California's required standardized tests and serve as the accountability component. The CAVA [California Virtual Academies] experience also comes with interactive Internet teaching tools -- including audio clips of famous speeches and guillotine sounds that make moms jittery. 'If you'd have told me last year what we'd be doing this year (educationally), I sure wouldn't have guessed this,' says Doug Krug, who pulled his son out of private school in November and enrolled him in CAVA. 'But it's been an incredible experience.' In hatching CAVA last summer, California became one of nine states to begin a virtual charter-school program since 2001. More than 750 students in 32 eligible California counties -- including Sacramento County -- gave the system a try during the 2002-03 school year [stress added]." Don Bosley, 2003, Wired For Learning: California's Virtual Charter-School Program Offers Internet Classes With Certified Teachers. The Sacramento Bee, June 8, 2003. [And see: http://www.sacbee.com/content/news/education/story/6815174p-7765542c.html]  

ARE YOU AWARE OF?: http://www.csuchico.edu/lins/chicorio/ [Chico Rio - Research Instruction On-Line]:

"ChicoRIO is a series of Web based, self-paced lessons designed to help you learn how to find information. The tutorials will help you sharpen your research, critical thinking, and term paper writing skills. ChicoRIO also links to campus computing resources and a tour of the Meriam Library. The sections of ChicoRIO can be completed in any order."

VII. Please remember Urbanowicz on "Teaching" by clicking here: ESSAY #1 & ESSAY #2 at the end of this printed Guidebook and:

"Youth cannot know how age thinks and feels. But old men are guilty if they forget what it was to be young." (Albus Dumbledore, in} J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 826.

"[Old] Age is foolish and forgetful when it underestimates youth." The character Albus Dumbledore in J. K. Rowling, 2005, Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince (NY: Scholastic Books), page 564.

"Over the last two years, Genevieve Bell [Ph. D in Anthropology from Stanford Universityt] an anthropologist employed by Intel Research, has visited 100 households in 19 cities in seven countries in Asia and the pacific to study how people use technology. Twenty gigabytes of digital photos later--along with 206,000 air miles...she has come back with some provocative questions about technology, culture and design [stress added]." Michael Erard, 2004, For Technology, No Small World After All. The New York Times, May 6, 2004, page E7.

VIII. UNFORTUNATELY, FINALLY FOR THE END OF WEEK I:

NOTE: "The news that 1,400 college students across the country die every year from alcohol-related accidents [~3.8 every day!] comes as no surprise to Edith Heideman, a Palo Alto mother who lost her son to alcohol poisoning while he was rushing a fraternity at California State University at Chico. ... A study released yesterday by the federally supported Task Force on College Drinking ... [stated that] Alcohol abuse also played a role in more than 500,000 injuries and 70,000 cases of sexual assault or date rape [~1,944 every day]." Ray Delgado, 2002, Campus Boozing Toll. The San Francisco Chronicle, April 10, 2002, Page 1.
http://www.collegedrinkingprevention.gov [Task Force on College Drinking]


SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

AFFINITY: A fundamental principle of relationship linking kin through marriage.

AGRICULTURE: A subsistence strategy involving intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of such means as the plow, irrigation, and fertilizer.

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

CONSANGUINITY: The principle of relationship linking individuals by shared ancestry (blood).

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

KINSHIP: The complex system of social relations based on marriage (affinity) and birth (consanguinity).

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events.

SLASH AND BURN: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.


YANOMAMO: A MULTIDISCIPLINARY STUDY = "A [1972] film study showing a multi-disciplinary research team doing field work in human population genetics among the Yanomamo Indians in Southern Venezuela. One half of the film is purely ethnographic; the other half records the scientific research undertaking." FOR some information about Napoleon Chagnon and "concerns" about his interpretation of the Yanomamo Indians please see "Yanomami: What Have We Done To Them? A new book charges scientists with abusing the famous tribe, stirring fierce debate in academia." Margot Roosevelt, Time, October 2, 2000, pages 77 & 78, page 77; and "Atrocities in the Amazon?" Geri Smith, Business Week, December 18, 2000, pages 21-24.

NOTE FROM April 9, 2001: "A Brazilian government expedition has made contact with members of an Amazon Indian tribe never before exposed to Western culture, a local news agency said yesterday. The Tsohon-djapa tribe lives in an area known as the Vale do Javari, wedged between two Amazon river tributaries, the Jutai and Jandiatuba rivers. The area is home to about a dozen tribes that have had little exposure to modern society [stress added]." [source: http://seattletimes.nwsource.com/]

Napoleon Chagnon points out that the Yanomamo population is probably around 10,000. These were distributed in approximately 125 widely scattered villages, with the population in each village ranging from 40 to 250 individuals. ..."Yanomamo culture, in its major focus, reverses the meaning of 'good' and 'desirable' as phrased in the ideal postulates of the Judaic-Christian tradition. A high capacity for rage, a quick flash point, and a willingness to use violence to obtain one's ends are considered desirable traits. Much of the behavior of the Yanomamo can be described as brutal, cruel, treacherous, in the value-laden terms of our own vocabulary. The Yanomamo themselves...do not at all appear to be mean and treacherous. As individuals they seem to be people playing their own cultural game....this is a study of a fierce people who engage in chronic warfare. It is also a study of a system of controls that usually hold in check the drive towards annihilation." (Napoleon Chagnon, Yanomamo: The Fierce People, 1968) ... "The most distinctive feature of Yanomamo technology is that it is very direct. No tool or technique is complicated enough to require specialized labor or raw materials. Each village, therefore, can produce every item of material culture it requires from the jungle resources around it. ... The jungle provides numerous varieties of food, both animal and vegetable. ... Although the Yanomamo spend almost as much time hunting as they do gardening, the bulk of their diet comes from foods that are cultivated. Perhaps 85 percent or more of their diet consists of domesticated rather than wild foods.... [stress added]." (Napoleon Chagnon, The Fierce People, 1968: 21-33)

FROM THE VIDEO Alliances, feasts, trading: "Alliances between villages are the product of a developmental sequence that involves casual trading, mutual feasting, and finally the exchange of women. ... The feast and the alliance can and often do fail to establish stable, amicable relationships between sovereign villages. ... Yanomamo warfare proper is the raid."

WHY STUDY PEOPLE?: "...the Yanomamo, who dwell in the forests of southern Venezuela and consist of an estimated 20,000 people who live by subsistence farming in small villages. They are one of the few remaining tribes unaffected [!] by Western culture. ... The Yanomamo eat virtually no salt at all. Researchers observed 46 members of this tribe who were in their 40s, and found they had an average blood pressure of only 103/65. Another Amazonian tribe, the Carajas, take in little salt, calculated to be half a gram a day, and the average blood pressure of ten of their middle-aged people was slightly lower at 101/69. (The longevity of these people is not recorded, but if there is a link between salt, blood pressure and lifespand then we can assume they will probably all live to be a hundred.) John Emsley, 1998, Molecules At An Exhibition: Portraits Of Intriguiging Materials in Everyday Life, page 38)

"A nation's diet can be more revealing than its art or literature. On any given day in the United States about one-quarter of the adult population vists a fast food restaurant. During a relatively brief period of time, the fast food industry has helped to transform not only the American diet, but also our landscape, economy, workforce, and popular culture [stress added]." Eric Schlosser, 2001, Fast Food Nation (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 3.

NOTE: "An overwhelming amount of preventable disease in modern societies results from the devastating effects of a high-fat diet. Strokes and heart attacks, the greatest causes of early death in some social groups, result from arteries clogged with atherosclerotic lesions. ... The single thing most people can do to improve their health is to cut the fat content of their diets [stress added]." Randolph M. Nesse & George C. Williams, 1994, Why We Get Sick: The New Science of Darwinian Medicine, pages 148-149)

ELSEWHERE} "China and many other developing nations are rushing with equal speed into an emerging pandemic of heart disease.... Heart disease is poised to pitch China, with its 1.2 billion people, into a costly public health crisis. Already 40% of the deaths in China result from heart disease or strokes. ... By the end of last year [2001], the Chinese could eat locally at more than 400 McDonald's restaurants and about 600 KFC restaurants [stress added]." Steve Sternberg, 2002, World prospers, hearts suffer. USAToday, November 18, 2002, pages D1 + D2.


WEEK 2: BEGINNING Monday August 28, 2006

I. WHAT DOES AN ANTHROPOLOGIST DO FOR A LIVING? [AND WHAT IS SOCIAL SCIENCE AND TEACHING?] (CONTINUED) (Please see Europe http://www.culture.gouv.fr/culture/arcnat/chauvet/fr/index.html [20,000 year old cave paintings] and the Society for California Archaeology [http://www.scanet.org/] and "Evolution in China" (http://www.cruzio.com/~cscp/index.htm) and http://www.archaeology.org.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Economic Systems" [Overview], pages 142-145.
"Reciprocity and the Power of Giving" by Lee Cronk, pages 147-153.
"Forest Development the Indian Way" by Richard K. Reed, pages 132-141.
"The Kayapo Resistance" by Terrence Turner, pages 391-409.
"Using Anthropology" by David W. McCurdy, pages 422-435.

III. WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 INSTRUCTIONS (WA #1 is DUE Friday September 15, 2006) [5%], and:

"Harry sorted through his presents and found one with Hermione's handwriting on it. She had given him too a book that resembled a diary, except that it said things like 'Do it today or later you'll pay!' every time he opened a page." J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 501.

IV. PLEASE glance at Darwin For Beginners.

V. ON TRAVEL AND THE GROWTH OF ANTHROPOLOGY

"Travel teaches seven important lessons [according to Arthur Frommer, age 76, author of travel books].... 1. Travelers learn that all people in the world are basically alike. ... 2. Travelers discover that everyone regards himself or herself as wiser and better than other people in the world. ... 3. Travel makes us care about strangers. ... 4. Travel teaches that not everyone shares your beliefs. ... 5. Travelers learn that there is more than one solution to a problem. ... 6. Travel teaches you to be a minority. ... 7. Travel teaches humility." Larry Bleiberg, 2003, Among Travel's Seven Important Lessons is Humility. The Sacramento Bee, February 2, 2003, page M3.

VI. PLEASE THINK ABOUT finding "meaningful patterns in the data" such as:
A. Contemporary American Culture
B.
"100 percent American" (please see below for this week in this Guidebook).
C. What Is Culture?
D. Human Biological Diversity / Taxonomy and the Primate Order
E. ANY Significance to: Victoria, Mel B, Geri, Mel C?
F. ANY Significance to: Emily Robinson, Natalie Maines, Margie Maguire?
G. ANY Significance to: Jack, Kack, Lack, Mack, Nack, Ouack, Pack, and Quack?
H. ANY Significance to: Branwen, Hugine, Munin, Gwyllum, Thor, and Baldrick?
I.
ANY Significance to: O, T, T, F, F, S, S, E, N, ?

"The whole of science is nothing more than a refinement of everyday thinking." (Albert Einstein [1879-1955], 1921 Nobel Laureate in Physics, Ideas and Opinions, 1954: page 65)

"In addition to solving puzzles, science also builds understanding by revealing the properties of the world and the relationships between them. Here again, the methods that scientists employ find widespread use in everyday life. From infancy onward, each person measures and classifies the properties of unfamiliar objects in order to integrate them into a larger worldview--from a ten-month-old learning to stack blocks, to Charles Darwin cataloging specimens aboard the Beagle [stress added]." Arno Penzias [1978 Nobel Laureate in Physics], 1989, Ideas And Information: Managing In A High-Tech World (NY: Simon & Schuster), page 177.

"Understanding history is a way of understanding the present. In a changing world it is important to recognise the characteristics which identify us as the social individuals that we are. Globalisation need not be a problem if we understand our identity, and if we are capable of understanding our past we can then build on that [stress added]." Parque Histórico Guayaquil, Ecuador, 1999.

"Literacy can imply more than the ability to read. It can mean having a knowledge of one's history, of one's origins; having a world view that is indigenous to one's people and not imposed by others [stress added]." Josephine Donovan, 2001, Feminist Theory: The Intellectual Traditions, 3rd edition (New York/London: Continuum). From the preface to the first edition of 1985, page 15.

PALEOANTHROPOLOGY = the science of placing the "chain" or "tree" of the pieces together. It "has been one of the most argumentative of sciences since its beginning. ... It is a heart-quickening thought that we share the same genetic heritage with the hands that shaped the tool that we can now hold in our own hands, and with the mind that decided to make the tool that our minds can now contemplate [stress added]." (Richard Leakey and Roger Lewin, Origins, 1977: 8.

"Human evolution is the most passionate aspect of the evolution-creation debate [stress added]." Larry A. Whitham, 2002, Where Darwin Meets the Bible: Creationists And Evolutionists In America (Oxford University Press), page 242.

VII. APPROPRIATE VISUALS

"The important thing is not to stop questioning. Curiosity has its own reason for existing. One cannot help but be in awe when he [or she!] contemplates the mysteries of eternity, of life, of the marvelous structures of reality. It is enough if one tries merely to comprehend a little of this mystery every day. Never lose a holy curiosity [stress added]." Albert Einstein (1879-1955)

A. PRIMATE RESEARCH AND MYSTERIES OF MANKIND (Please see Video Notes Below):

"Human being are the result of the same evolutionary process that produced the entire vast diversity of living things. Yet we cannot help but think of ourselves as somehow significantly 'different' from the rest of nature." Ian Tattersall, 1998, Becoming Human: Evolution And Human Uniqueness, page 78.

"New DNA study supports African origin of Humans." The Sacramento Bee, December 7, 2000, page B6.

NATURAL SELECTION: "The process of differential survival and reproduction that results in changes in gene frequencies and in the characteristics that the genes encode." Paul W. Ewald, 1994, Evolution of Infectious Disease, page 220.

"British archaeologists revealed an Ice Age excavation site Tuesday [June 25, 2002] that they hope will provide some of the strongest evidence yet that neanderthals hunted mammoths. The 50,000-year-old remains, in a gravel pit near Thetford in eastern England, may provide the evidence needed to solve the hotly contested debate over whether the squat, muscular predecessors of modern humans actually hunted large animals or just scavenged dead ones for meat [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Site holds clues to neanderthal survival. USA Today, June 26, 2002, Page 8D.

"Childhood rickets--a bone-softening disease that had become so rare the government stopped keeping statistics on it--is making a comeback, in part because some youngsters are not getting enought sunlight, health officials say. ... The resurgence has been seen particularly among children breast-fed by African American mothers. Dark-skinned people absorb less sunlight." Associated Press. The San Francisco Chronicle, Friday March 30, 2001.

"Alarmed by the growing ability of disease-causing microbes to fight off once-effective drugs, the World Health Organization warned Monday that the medical and veterinary professions must use antibiotics and other medicines more wisely or face the likelihood they will not effectively combat disease in the future [stress added]." Marc Kaufman, 2000, World Health Organization Warns of Antibiotic Misuse. The Sacramento Bee, June 13, 2000, page A6.

"About 70% of the antibiotics produced in the USA each year - nearly 25 million pounds in all - are fed to healthy pigs, chickens and cattle to prevent disease or speed growth, says a report released Monday [January 8, 2001]. Such 'excessive' use of antibiotics in livestock is contributing ...[to] many of the microbes that plague humans....[stress added]." Anita Manning, 2001, Healthy Livestock Given More Antibiotics Than Ever. USA Today, January 9, 2001, page 8D

"Roughly 20 million pounds of antibiotics are given each year to U.S. cattle, piugs, and chickens [stress added]." Sirley Leung, 2003, McDonald's Wants Suppliers Of Meat to limit Antibiotic Use. The Wall Street Journal, June 20, 2003, page B2.

"A long-sought way to attack the AIDS virus--by blocking an enzyme....was successful in rhesus monkeys infected with simiam-human immunodeficiency virus (SHIV), reducing the level of the virus to one-hundreth or less of the level found in untreated monkeys [stress added]." Amir Efrati, 2004, New AIDS Drug Reduces Virus In Monkeys. The WallStreet Journal, July 9, 2004, page B1.

"By studying monkeys, apes and other animals, scientists are learning how really important it is to kiss and make up soon after a furious fight. Long-term observations of groups of primates show that social animals use well-established peacemaking tactics to smooth over bruised feelings caused by combat. There is far more advantage in friendship and cooperation than in sulking and alienation [stress added]." Robert Cooke, 1999, Better to Hug Than Sulk, Apes Find. The Sacramento Bee, February 19, 1999, page A13

"Dr. [Judy] Cameron has just received a five-year grant from the National institutes of Health that will enable her to examine the genes of the baby [rhesus] monkeys who exhibit anxiety in response to the human intruder as well as other stressful situations in the laboratory. Already, Dr. Cameron has seen that the trait can be inherited and passed on; it clearly runs in monkey families. Because her monkeys -- 400 of them in Pittsburgh and 3,5000 at the Oregon National Primate Research Center in Beaverton, Ore. -- are part of research colonies that have existed since the 1960s, Dr. Cameron knows which monkeys are related, making it easier to trace the traits and ultimately to home in on genes that are inherited [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2002, Lab Monkeys May Reveal Secrets of Childhood Depression. The New York Times, December 24, 2002, pages D5 + D8, page D8.

"A troop of about 40 monkeys went on a rampage in a western Bangladesh village after one of their young was accidentally electrocuted, according to the Bengali-language newspaper Sangbad. The paper reported that the larke monkeys, known locally as 'hanumans,' were eating nuts given to them by the residents, but ran off when a stone was thrown at them. The incident sent a baby monkey to its death as it became entangled in a high-voltage line. The surviving monkeys returned to the scene and used sticks to attsack several homes and shops in the village, the newspaper said. The troop later left, taking the baby monkey's body into the forest [stress added]." Steve Newman, 2003, Violent revenge. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 12, 2003, page C8.

"If today's students want to understand how scientists mapped the human genetic code,they won't get much help from their high school textbooks, a group of scientists and educators said Tuesday. ... They said the books ... missed the big picture. They don't flesh out the four basic ideas driving today's research: how cells work, how matter and energy flow from one source to another, how plants and animals evolve and the molecular basis of heredity. ... the books do not encourage students to examine their ideas or relate lessons to hands-on experiments and everyday life....[stress added]." Anon., 2000, Report calls science texts flawed. The Sacramento Bee, June 28, 2000, page A12.

"Twelve of the most popular science textbooks used at middle schools nationwide are riddled with errors, a new study has found. Researchers compiled 500 pages of errors, ranging from the equator passing through the southern United States to a photo of Linda Ronstadt labeled as a silicon crystal. None of the 12 textbooks has an acceptable level of accuracy....estimated that about 85 percent of children in the United States used the textbooks examined....'They just don't seem to understand what science is about" [stress added]." Associated Press, 2001, The Sacramento Bee, January 15, 2001, page A7.

"Often Gary's [Larson] cartoons help us to see things with a new perspective, above all to realize that we humans, after all, are just one species among many, just one small part of the wondrous animal kingdom. ... Crazy. Absurd. Yet it all helps to put us humans in our place. And we desperately need putting in our place [stress added]." Jane Goodall. 1995, Foreward. The Far Side Gallery 5 (Kansas City: Andrews and McMeel), no page number [pages 5-8, pages 6-7].

B. Brief Introduction to Charles Darwin (1809-1882).

"He was an Englishman who went on a five-year voyage when he was young and then retired to a house in the country, not far from London. He wrote an account of his voyage, and then he wrote a book setting down his theory of evolution, based on a process he called natural selection, a theory that provided the foundation for modern biology. He was often ill and never left England again [stress added]." John P. Wiley, Jr., 1998, Expressions: The Visible Link. Smithsonian, June, pages 22-24, page 22.

"The Galapagos Island finches once studied by Charles Darwin respond quickly to changes in food supply by evolving new beaks and body sizes, according to researchers who studied the birds for almost 30 years. Starting in 1973, husband-and-wife researchers Peter and Rosemary grant of Princeton University have followed the evolutionary changes in two types of birds, the ground finch and the cactus finch, on Daphne Major, one of the Galapagos islands. In a study appearing today in the Journal Science, the Grants report that climate and weather have a dramatic effect on the evolutionary path the finches follow. Ground finches most eat small seeds, and their beaks have adapted to that purpose. When the weather turned dry in 1977, most of the plants that produce small seeds on Daphne Major were killed, leaving little food for finches with modest beaks. Most died off, but some ground finches with bigger, stronger beaks survived [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Finches Shown To Be Able to Change. The Chico Enterprise-Record, April 26, 2002, page 11A.

"When Darwin [1809-1882], one of the most honest of scientific thinkers, was speculating about the origin of species, he used to keep special notebooks in which he would immediately write down any objection to his theories which occured to him. He found that, if he did not do this, his mind had a habit of forgetting all the objections. For the objections introduced disharmony into his mind; and his mind pushed them out again as quickly as possible [stress added]." B. A. Howard. In Edgard Dale [Compiler], 1984, The Educator's Quotebook (Phi Delta Kappa: Bloomington, Indiana), page 85.

"The great value of Darwinism, it seems to me, was that it jolted modern men into questioning various sentimental beliefs about nature and man's place in it. In this, Darwin's influence closely parallels that of Galileo [1564-1642]. Just as the first modern astronomers and physicists destroyed a naive geocentrism, so Darwin and his successorsoverwhelmingly displaced what may be called homocentrism, the belief that nature exists for the sake of man [stress added]." Jacob Needleman, 1975, A Sense of the Cosmos: The Encounter of Modern Science and Ancient Truth (NY: Doubleday & Co., Inc.), page 72.

"RESEARCHERS PRODDED and annoyed lifelike digital entities over more than 15,000 generations to learn that evolution among simple creatures is in fact based on the Darwinian notion of survival of the fittest, and that the progress is plodding. 'The little things, they definitely count,' says Richard Lenski, a Michigan State University evolutionary biologist who worked with a team of scientists from diverse backgrounds in creating and fostering artificial life inside a computer [stress added]" From: http://www.msnbc.com/news/910521.asp?0si=-&cp1=1 [and the story continues]... Robert Roy Britt, May 7, 2003, Cyber-life obeys Darwinian theory: Computer simulation lets digital organisms evolve.

VIII. ON TEACHING AND LEARNING

"A teacher affects eternity;
he [or she!] can never tell
where his [or her] influence stops."
Henry Brooks Adams [1838-1918],
The Education of Henry Adams, chapter 20

"A learning theory is a systematic integrated outlook in regard to the nature of the process whereby people relate to their environments in such a way as to enhance their ability to use both themselves and their environments more effetively. Everyone who teaches or professes to teach has a theory of learning [stress added]." Morris L. Bigge, 1982, Learning theories for Teachers (Fourth Edition) (Harper Collins), page 3.

"California students scored slightly lower than average on a national writing exam, according to test results released Thursday [July 10, 2003]. Nationally, fourth-graders and eighth-graders have become better writers, but the number of 12-graders who could organize an essay at a basic level fell. ... In California, 23 percent of fourth-graders were proficient, just slightly below the national average of 27 percent. ... This year, 23 percent of the state's eighth-graders were proficient, compared to 30 percent nationally.... [stress added]." Anon., 2003, California students below average on national writing test. The Chico Enterprise-Record, July 11, 2003, page 6A.

"Flash forward a few centuries. It's raining knowledge, but many of my [Butte College] community college students don't seem willing to hold out their hands to catch those drops. Last week, I gave some of them a little quiz about current events. ... Twenty-five students took my quiz, and here's what all these months of constant information has left them with. Ten out of the 25 did not know who the vice president is. Dick Cheney was variously identified as a governor, the secretary of defense, and "an important man," but the majority simply left the question unanswered. Only one student knew what Al-Jazeera is. Most students thought it is a town in Iraq. One student thought Al-Jazeera is "Iraq's God," and two students thought Al-Jazeera is "Ben Laden's brother," and yet another thought Al- Jazeera is a talk show host in Baghdad. Only 6 out of the 25 knew who Donald Rumsfeld is. One student thought he is the owner of McDonald's, and another thought he is a reporter. Considering the fact that Rumsfeld has virtually lived on television during the past several months, such a broad swath of ignorance is surprising. ...Tony Blair was known to a few more students -- 10 out of 25. Among the 15 who didn't know him, four thought he is a newscaster, and one thought he is the secretary of state. Only 2 out of 25 knew who Ariel Sharon is. One student thought he is a "lady in Congress," and another thought he is a "French politician." And speaking of French politicians, only 3 out of 25 knew of Jacques Chirac. The term "collateral damage," used so often in print and on television, was thought to be "damage we can fix," or "all the damage added up," or "payback." It was also thought to be "money problems," "overall damage," and "our troops getting hurt." One student said that "collateral damage" was "one-sided journalists." A majority of students knew of al Qaeda -- 14 out of 25. Those who didn't know thought it is either "a city in Afghanistan," "the capital of Baghdad," or "the place where Sadam (sic) lives." Only 8 of 25 were familiar with the term "shock and awe," and "embedded journalists" were variously thought to be "dead journalists," or journalists who were "very into their work." Embedded journalists were also thought to be "captured journalists," "honored journalists" and "hidden journalists." A little over half of the 25 knew the term. Not a single student knew what the PLO (Palestine Liberation Organization) is. It was variously identified as "a position you hold in the military," or "some high position in the war." Most left the question unanswered. The student who came closest wrote "Palistining (sic) Liberating Army." When students were asked, "Which of the following countries is not in the Middle East" and given the choice of Jordan, Syria, Qatar and Nigeria, six of them thought Jordan is not a country in the Middle East, but most of them correctly identified Nigeria as a non-Middle Eastern country. ... Aside from the immediate issues surrounding Iraq and the Middle East, I also asked them to identify Clarence Thomas. Only two students knew who he was, although one of those two said he was on "the Supreme Court." Of those who didn't know, one said he was "a classic RmB (sic) old school soul singer." Get down, Clarence. Only two students (the same two) knew who Tom Daschle is, and those same two were the only students who knew what SARS (severe acute respiratory syndrome) is. Among those who didn't, one thought it is a "Strategic Air Reconnesence (sic) System," and another thought it is a "Silent Air Raid Strike." When in doubt, punt. Such a sampling, however unscientific, raises some rather significant questions.... But it is not my students' failings I mean to disclose when I write of student ignorance; it is the failure of my profession, a failure to instill curiosity in our charges, or to merely keep curiosity alive. It is not only my profession that is failing students. ... Curiosity is never extolled as a value worth having. ...The last question I asked students was: "Did you vote in the last election?" Only 2 of the 25 students had bothered. One of them said she hadn't voted because she "wanted to be more educated in my decitions (sic). ... [stress added]." Jaime O'Neill, 2003, Ignorance, Bliss and the Internet: Students are high and dry in the media monsoon. The San Francisco Chronicle, April 13.

SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

CULTURAL ENVIRONMENT: The categories and rules people use to classify and explain their physical environment.

DESCENT: A Rule of relationship that ties people together on the basis of reputed common ancestry.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

DIFFUSION: The passage of a cultural category, culturally defined behavior, or culturally produced artifact from one society to another through borrowing.

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occurring foods.

INCEST TABOO: The cultural rule that prohibits sexual intercourse and marriage between specified classes of relatives.

INNOVATION: A recombination of concepts from two or more mental configurations into a new pattern that is qualitatively different from existing forms.

NUCLEAR FAMILY: A family composed of a married couple and their children.

PRODUCTION: The process of making something.


MYSTERIES OF MANKIND = 1988 = "The earth does not yield its secrets, yet around the world scientists are unraveling the story of human evolution. It is a saga that blends the rigors of science with the romance of a detective story. We have only traces that hint at who our ancestors were and how they may have lived. It is like a gigantic puzzle with most of the pieces forever missing. Today, biological scientists may quibble over the details of evolution but they all agree though, evolution is a fact." Brief review of work of Raymond Dart (1893-1989), Louis Leakey (1903-1972), Mary Leakey (1913-1996), and Charles Darwin (1809-1882).

FROM THE VIDEO = "Lucy" discovered = "...a small female australopithecine who lived three million years ago, beside a lake in what is now Ethiopia. With forty percent of her skeleton recovered, she is the most complete specimen of an early hominid ever found. The shape of the pelvic bone shows that she was female, while the leg bones indicate that she walked upright. Her teeth suggest that she was about twenty years old when she died." Richard E. Leakey, 1981, The Making of Mankind, page 67.

FROM THE VIDEO = Richard Leakey, son of the Drs. Louis and Mary Leakey, as the "organizing genius of modern paleontology. ... Homo erectus - the first human species to leave Africa. ... Tools as a reflection of the user."

April 2001 NOTE: "You find something beautiful and new, but the conclusion is you actually know less....[stress added]." Fred Spoor, University College, London. His comment in "The 'Gang' Hits Again" dealing with a recent Leakey find in Kenya} Kenyathropus platyops. Time, April 2, 2001, page 65.

FROM THE VIDEO = Pat Schifman = "The problem for us today is to tease out of the past - to coax out of the evidence - ... And once we know when we started and how we started and what was important, then we may have a very different idea of what it means to be human; videos also deals with DNA research and the hypothesis of a single woman in Africa approximately 200,000 years ago = "the more closely alike the DNA, the more closely related the individuals are."

FROM THE VIDEO = "New technologies will add other new pieces to the expanding puzzle, but that is all we can expect--random puzzle pieces--never can the entire picture be known. For scientists, the excitement of the quest never diminishes [stress added]." For More, see Scientific American of April 1992 for article by Wilson & Cann entitled "The Recent African Genesis of Humans" and an opposing article by Thorne & Wolpoff entitled "The Multiregional Evolution of Humans" where they state that "The reasoning behind a molecular clock is flawed" and see Discovery September 1995 (pages 70-81) for some of the latest work by Ofer Bar-Yosef at Kebara.

"One of the greatest lessons that can be learned from the history of science is one of humility. Science may indeed be steadily learning more about the structure of the world, but surely what is known is exceedingly small in relation to what is unknown. There is no scientific theory today, not even a law, that may not be modified or discarded tomorrow [stress added]." Martin Gardner, 1990, The New Ambidextrous Universe: Symmetry and Asymmetry From Mirror Reflections to Superstrings, 3rd edition, page 335.

"The first treatment to show any promise against the deadly Ebola virus has cured one-third of the monkeys on which it was tested - raising hoped that a lifesaving therapy for people may be on the horizon. ... In this study, researchers injected 12 monkeys with a high dose of the Zaire strain of the Ebola virus, which is 100 percent fatal in monkeys. Then, starting either 10 minutes after the lethal injection or 24 hours later, the scientists gave nine of the monkeys daily shots of the anticoagulation protein for 14 days. The other three monkeys got fake injections. ... Three of the nine monkeys treated, or 33 percent, lived. All the monkeys who received the fake treatment died [stress added]." Anon., 2003, Protein shows promise against Ebola in monkeys. The Sacramento Bee, December 12, 2003, page A21.

"In his perceptive little book Technopoly, Neil Postman argues that all disciplines ought to be taught as if they were history. That way, students 'can begin to understand, as they now do not, that knowledge is not a fixed thing but a stage in human development, with a past and a future.' I wish I'd said that first. If all knowledge has a past--and computer technology is surely a special kind of knowledge--then all knowledge is contingent [stress added]." Paul de Palma, 1999, http://www.when_is_enough_enough?.com. The American Scholar, Winter, reprinted in David Quammen [Editor], 2000, The Best American Science And Nature Writing 2000, pages 34-47 (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 36.

NOTE: "Neanderthals and modern humans not only coexisted for thousands of years long ago, as anthropologists have established, but now their little secret is out: They also cohabited. At least that is the interpretation being made by paleontologists who have examined the 24,500 year-old skeleton of a young boy discovered recently in a shallow grave in Portugal [stress added]." John N. Wilford, 1999, Homo sapiens may be related to Neanderthals. San Francisco Examiner, April 25, 1999, page A4.

"Paleoanthropologists have no idea how many Neanderthals existed (crude estimates are in the many thousands), but archaeologists have found more fossils from Neanderthals than from any extinct species. The first Neanderthal fossil was uncovered in Belgium in 1830, though nobody accurately identified t for more than a century. In 1848, the Forbes Quarry in Gibraltar yielded one of the most complete Neanderthal skulls ever found, but it, too, went unidentified, for 15 years. The name Neanderthal arose after quarryman in Germany's neander valley found a cranium and several long bones in 1856; they gave the specimens to a local naturalist, Johnann Karl Fuhlrott, who soon recognized them as the legacy of a previously unknown type of human. Over the year, France, the Iberian Peninsula, southern Italy and the Levant have yielded abundances of Neanderthal remains, and those finds are being supplemented by newly opened excavations in Ukraine and Georgia. 'It seems that everywhere we look, we're finding Neanderthal remains,' say Loyola's Smith. 'It's an exciting time to be studying Neanderthals' [stress added]." Joe Alper, 2002, Rethinking Neanderthals. Smithsonian, June 2003, pages 82-87, page 85.

"The transition from hunting to agriculture had profound consequences. Nomadic groups had relatively little capacity to alter the environment. Sedentary populations, on the other hand, transformed the location in many ways. As archaeological excavations demonstrate, humans cleared the land, built drainage and water systems, and kept domesticated animals. As the food supply became more dependable, populations began to grow in both size and density. Humans increasingly lived in villages, towns, and subsequently cities, where more crowded conditions prevailed. Additional contatcs between groups followed the inevitable rise of trade and commerce [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 10.

SOME QUESTIONS asked of Richard Leakey: "What do you think is the biggest problem facing the world today? Global warming. ... Which historical figure would you most like to invite to a dinner party? Charles Darwin, so that I could tell him of what we now know and re-assure him that he has made some of the most significant contributions ever in terms of placing us within context on this planet [stress added]." Discover, May 1999, pages 18-19.

PLEASE NOTE:

"Evolution does not make predictions, species don't know where they're going, humans did not have to evolve. In fact, if we were to rewind the tape to ten million years ago, when apes dominated the primate world, there would be no assurance that humans would evolve again. But humans have evolved, we are here today. Like no other species that has ever lived, we control the life of all living things--including ourselves. When we understand and accept that we are part of the continuum of life, we will be in a better position to make informed choices--choices which will ensure a better world for all species. Extinction is forever. We must not let it happen. Education is the great liberator. It frees us to think objectively. My studies of human evolution have taught me to respect the natural world. They have also taught me that all humans have a common origin and, therefore, a common destiny--the outcome of which will be determined by humankind itself. We do have the capacity to make the future a long and fruitful one, if only we will take the time to learn who we are and how we fit into the natural world [stress added]. (Donald C. Johanson, 1993, from the "Forward" to Ian Tattersall's 1993, The Human Odyssey: Four Million Years of Human Evolution (Prentice Hall), page xiii.

"Three scientists, two of them Roman Catholic biologists, have asked Pope Benedict XVI to clarify the church's position on evolution in light of recent statements by Cardinal Christoph Schönborn, an influential theologian, that the modern theory of evolution may be incompatible with Catholic faith [stress added]." Cornelia Dean, 2005, Scientists Ask pope For Clarification On Evolution Stance. The New York Times, July 13, 2005, page A18.

"A giant ape unlike any previously seen has been found in a remote area of central Africa, ascording to a report in the journal New Scientist. Wildlife experts believe the ape, which stands over 6 feet tall and has similaritites to both chimpanzees andgorillas, may be a new species of primate. Villagers in the far north of the emocratice Republic of Congo say the apes can be ferocious and are capable of killing lions. But unlike gorillas, which charge upon seeing a threat, the new apes turn around and silently slip away into the forest when encountered. The apes live hundred of miles from kn own gorilla populations, and have a diest similar to that of chimpanzees. Scientists are trying to determine if it is a formerly unknown species, or if it is possibly a giant chimpanzee with the behavior of a gorilla [stress added]." Earthweek: A Diary of the Planet, by Steve Newman, The San Francisco Chronicle, October 16, 2004.

"A new dating technique suggests that a human-like fossil skeleton found in South Africa was buried about 4 million years ago, which makes it one of the oldest known hominid discoveries. That's 1 million years earlier than previously thought [stress added]." Anon., 2003, Date of ancient skeleton pushed back to about 4 million years. The Enterprise-Record, April 25, 2003, page 9C. 

"Decades of discovery....Fossils of what many believe could be the first true ancestors of humans--creatures named Ardipithecus ramidus that lived 4.4 million years ago. They were found to be at least a million years older than the famed 'Lucy' whose bones had been uncovered in the region earlier by Donald Johanson of the Institute for Human Origins now at Arizona State University. The earliest evidence that human ancestors made tools to butcher their meat was discovered on an antelope bone found by the late UC Berkeley archaeologist J. Desmond Clark and his colleagues....The teams also found 19 different hominid fossils as well as countless early stone-age tools. They also collected 625 other fossils of long-extinct animals, from animals as large as hippopotamus and elephant to as small as the shrew. All were evidence for evolution's ceaseless alteration of life forms as changing environments eliminate the unfit and encourage the better-adapted [stress added]." David Perlman, 2006, Parched Ethiopian region is ground zero for fossils. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 21, 2006, pages 1 and A8, page A8.  

"Long after I became involved in fossil hunting, but while my father and I were still cleaning antlers, I came across a manuscript of a lecture he had given, in California, I think. One sentence arrested my attention: 'The past is the key to our future.' I felt as if I were reading something I had written; it expressed my own conviction completely [stress added]." Richard Leakey & Roger Lewin, 1992, Origins Reconsidered: In Search Of What Makes Us Human, page xv.

"A growing understanding of human genetics is prompting fresh consideration of how much control people have over who they are and how they act. The recent discoveries include genes that seem to influence whether an individual is fat, has a gift for dance or will be addicted to cigarettes. Pronouncements about the power of genes seem to be in the news almost daily, and are changing the way some Americans feel about themselves, their flaws and their talents, as well as the decisions they make [stress added]." Amy Harmon, 2006, That Wild Streak? Maybe It Runs in the Family. The New York Times, June 15, 2006, pages A1 + A19, page A1.

"Scientists said evidence is mounting that climate change has led to genetic modifications in a range of creatures, including birds, squirrels and mosquitoes. Writing in the journal Science, Professor William Bradshaw and researcher Christine Holzapfel of the University of Oregon attribute the evolution to global warming, producing longer growing seasons while simultaneously alleviating winter cold stress without imposing summer heat stress. Animal species have responded with heritable, genetic changes as they have extended their range toward the poles while developing or reproducing earlier, according to the report [stress added]." Steve Newman, 2006, Warmng Evolution. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 17, 2006, page C8. [And see: http://news.nationalgeographic.com/news/2006/06/060608-global-warming.html]


CALIFORNIA / CHICO WORDS: A "Story" about Chico in the year 2027 may be viewed by clicking here: ESSAY #2 at the end of this printed Guidebook; you may also wish to read ESSAY #3 concerning "Cancer" in the State of California.] To place the information on California (and Chico) in context, please consider the following:

The approximate 2006 population of California is 33,871,648 [and see http://www.50states.com/california.htm].

"The United Nations' latest forecast of the world's population in 2050 [44 years from fall 2006!]....are down from 9.4 billion to 8.9 billion [stress added]." Elizabeth Weise, World population to level off. USA Today, December 9, 2003.

NOTE: There are more than 6 billion people on the planet and population is increasing by approximately 78,000,000 people per year; given that 1 year = 365.25 days = 8,766 hours = 525,960 minutes, therefore 78,000,000/525,960 = means that the population of the planet is increasing by approximately 148 people a minute. For this 50 minute class, please note that this means that the world will have had a NET INCREASE (births-minus-deaths) of ~7,400 individuals (roughly speaking).

PLEASE NOTE: According to the U.S. Bureau of the Census, the resident population of the United States, projected to August 1, 2005 at 7:45am [Pacific Standard Time] was 299,365,896 [http://www.census.gov/cgi-bin/popclock]. This means there is one birth every 7 seconds, one death every 13 seconds, one international migrant (net) every 31 seconds, for a net gain of one person every 10 seconds. WHAT IS THE NUMBER WHEN YOU ARE READING THIS PAGE: What has been the increase since the August 1, 2006 printing of this page?! !

"If you want to inform yourself about the single most important factor influencing California's present and future, enter www.dof.ca.gov in your Internet browser and look at the state's newest compilation of popultation data. ... July [2002], California's population stood at 35.3 million, a yearly gain of 603,000 or 1.74 percent..... The 2001-02 growth consisted of 528,151 births--just over one a minute--offset by 232,790 deaths, but augmented by 307,640 immigrants.... California's population growth, about 1,650 people each day [~13.75/minute], is not occuring evenly in the state.... [stress added]." Dan Walters, 2003, State's Past, Present and Future Found in Population Figures. The Sacramento Bee, February 2, 2003, page A3.

CHICO: "The city's general plan targets an urban-area population of approximately 134,000 by the year 2012 [stress added]." Dan Nguyen-Tan, 2002, Growth: Land is our most valuable and limited resource. The Chico Enterprise-Record, February 26, 2002, Section AA, page 3AA. [NOTE: Urbanowicz would also add that time can also be considered to be the most valuable and limited resource.]"

"Fortune continues to smile on this city at the dawn of the 23rd Century, Chico Grande, at 500,000 people, is the unofficial capital of Upper California [stress added!]" Steve Brown, 2001, In the year 2202, fortune continues to smile on this city. The Chico Enterprise-Record, December 31, 2001, page 3A.

"California's population continues to grow by more than 500,000 people a year. Such growth brings a host of challenges--how to provide enough affordable housing, adequate transportation, schools and jobs. In order to address these challenges, local cities and governments should be encouraged to work together and create regional growth management policies [stress added]." Elizabeth Klementowski, 2002, Flawed solution to an imaginary problem. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 18, 2002, page A19.

"California builders on Monday reported starting 191,866 homes and apartments in 2003 [or ~526/day!], and predict slightly more next year before rising interests rates force a slowdown in 2005. ... State official have said the state needs to build more than 220,000 new residences a year until 2020 to handle annual population growth of 600,000 and overcome a 1990s construction slowdown [stress added]." Anon., 2004, California builders report most new houses since 1989. The Chico Enterprise-Record, January 4, 2004, page 3D.

"About 90,000 acres of California farmland were lost to urbanization from 1998 to 2000, the largest move to urban acreage in the state in a decade [stress added]." Anon., 2003, Sprawl consumes 90,000 acreas of farms. The San Francisco Chronicle June 5, 2003, page A18.

Alvin D. Sokolow, How Much State Farmland Is Disappearing? Alvin D. Sokolow, The Sacramento Been, June 24, 2001, pages L1 and L6: Some 49,700 acres of California farmland is disappearing each year! Incidentally, the CSU, Chico campus (excluding the University farm, is approximately 119 acres (so approximately 417 Chico State campuses disappear every year in California!).

QUESTIONS TO CONSIDER: What will the population of the USA or California or Chico be by 2046? Or 2026? or next year?! What is the "carrying capacity" of any given environment? What changes have to be made in any given environment? What will be the impact of an increasingly older American population on this country? On you? ?

INCIDENTALLY, a fascinating (and useful site) is http://www.xist.org/index.php [GeoHive: Global Statistics]. Have a look!

Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834): "English economist [and cleric!]. His Essay on the Principle of Population 1798 (revised 1803) argued for population control, since populations increase in geometric ratio and food supply only in arithmetic ratio, and influenced Charles Darwin's thinking on natural selection as the driving force of evolution. Malthus saw war, famine, and disease as necessary checks on population growth" [stress added]." Sarah Jenkins Jones (Editor), 1996, Random House Webster's Dictionary of Scientists, page 317. 


FROM: "100 percent American" by Ralph Linton in his 1936 publication entitled The Study Of Man, pp. 326-327).

"Our solid American citizen awakens in a bed built on a pattern which originated in the Near East but which was modified in Northern Europe before it was transmitted to America. He [or she] throws back covers made from cotton, domesticated in India, or linen, domesticated in the Near East, or wool from sheep, also domesticated in the Near East, or silk, the use of which was discovered in China. All of these materials have been spun and woven by processes invented in the Near East. He slips into his moccasins, invented by the Indians of the eastern woodlands, and goes to the bathroom, whose fixtures are a mixture of European and American inventions, both of recent date. He takes off his pajamas, a garment invented in India, and washes with soap invented by the ancient Gauls. He then shaves, a masochistic rite which seems to have been derived from either Sumer or ancient Egypt.

Returning to the bedroom, he removes his clothes from a chair of southern European type and proceeds to dress. He puts on garments whose form originally derived from the skin clothing of the nomads of the Asiatic steppes, puts on shoes made from skins tanned by a process invented in ancient Egypt and cut to a pattern derived from the classical civilizations of the Mediterranean, and ties around his neck a strip of bright-colored cloth which is a vestigial survival of the shoulder shawls worn by the seventeenth-century Croatians. Before going out for breakfast he glances through the windows, made of glass invented in Egypt, and if it is raining puts on overshoes made of rubber discovered by the Central American Indians and takes an umbrella, invented in southeastern Asia. Upon his head he puts a hat made of felt, a material invented in the Asiatic steppes.

On his way to breakfast he stops to buy a paper, paying for it with coins, an ancient Lydian invention. At the restaurant a whole new series of borrowed elements confronts him. His plate is made of a form of pottery invented in China. His knife is of steel, an alloy first made in southern India, his fork a medieval Italian invention, and his spoon a derivative of a Roman original. He begins breakfast with an orange, from the eastern Mediterranean, a cantaloupe from Persia, or perhaps a piece of African watermelon. With this he has coffee, an Abyssinian plant, with cream and sugar. Both the domestication of cows and the idea of milking them originated in the Near East, while sugar was first made in India. After his fruit and first coffee he goes on to waffles, cakes made by a Scandinavian technique from wheat domesticated in Asia Minor. Over these he pours maple syrup, invented by the Indians of the eastern Woodlands. As a side dish he may have the eggs of a species of bird domesticated in Indo-China, or thin strips of the flesh of an animal domesticated in Eastern Asia which have been salted and smoked by a process developed in northern Europe.

When our friend has finished eating he settles back to smoke, an American Indian habit, consuming a plant domesticated in Brazil in either a pipe, derived from the Indians of Virginia, or a cigarette, derived from Mexico. If he is hardy enough he may even attempt a cigar, transmitted to us from the Antilles by way of Spain. While smoking, he reads the news of the day, imprinted in characters invented by the ancient Semites upon a material invented in China by a process invented in Germany. As he absorbs the accounts of foreign troubles, if he is a good conservative citizen, thank a Hebrew deity in an Indo-European language that he is 100 percent American."


WEEK 3: Wednesday [September 6] & Friday [September 8], 2006

I. EVOLUTION AND LANGUAGE

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.

"Language and Communication" [Overview], pages 58-62.
"How to Ask for a Drink" by Spradley & Mann, pages 76-84.
"Conversation Style" Talking on the Job" by Debra Tannen, pages 93-101.

III. REPEAT OF WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 INSTRUCTIONS (and the Writing Assignment is DUE in class on Friday September 15, 2006 ) [5%]

IV. APPROPRIATE VISUALS:
A. FROM THE VIDE
: NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION [and see http://www.careersonline.com.au/easyway/int/nvcomm.html].

"Communication begins with self and with others. The way we have learned about ourselves as women or as men affects how we communicate with others. This, in turn, affects others' perceptions of us and communication with us. How others see and communicate with us spirals back and influences our self-concept." Judy Cornelia Pearson et. al, 1991, Gender & Communication [2nd edition]), page 74.

"That's what they should teach us here, he thought, turning over onto his side, how girls' brains work...it'd be more useful than Divination anyway....[stress added]." (Harry Potter} J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 462.

"'You should write a book,' Ron told Hermione as he cut up his potatoes, 'translating mad things girls do so boys can understand them.'" J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 573
http://www.pbs.org/wnet/nature/koko/ [A Conversation With Koko the Gorilla]

"Body language is innate. Worldwide, all people who pout adopt the same expression. None other than Charles Darwin [1809-1882] recorded that observation." The San Francisco Chronicle, March 1, 1998, page 8.

"Scientists have for the first time identified a gene that plays a critical role in human language and speech. The finding sheds slight on what scientists suspect in one of several inherited elements of language ability, which in combination with key social and environmental cues have allowed the human species to talk, gab, gossip and schmooze its way to global dominance [stress added]." Rick Weiss, Gense says much about language. The Sacramento Bee, October 4, 2001, page A8.

"People the world over are almost identical, yet still so different genetically that they can be easily sorted into five major groups based on ancestry, new research shows. In the largest study of human genetic variation, the international research team separated people by the major migrations of ancient humankind, from Africa into Eurasia, East Asia, Oceania and the Americas, in a way that overturns conventional notions of race. With growing assurance, scientists are overturning deep-seated prejudices over what makes human beings different - skin color, facial features, physique ... On the whole, there is less genetic difference between human beings than between any tw o members of almost any other mammalian species, scientists said. ... 'Everybody is the same; everybody is different,' said Mary-Claire King, an expert in human genetics at the University of Washington in Seattle.... Looking for patterns of human ancestry, the research team used distinctive segments of DNA called micro-satellites that are passed down from generation to generation. ... In all, they analyzed 377 of these DNA markers [stress added]." Robert Lee Holtz, 2002, Gene study sorts humans into five major groups. The Sacramento Bee, December 20, 2002, page A35.

V. EVER SEE, OR REMEMBER HEARING?:

Yvan eht nioj.
(Party Posse/N*SYNC Lyrics)
New Kids on the Bleccch (February 25, 2001)

VI. AND CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING:

"Buff young bodies intertwined, suggestive slogans and skin, skin, skin. This is the stuff of eyebrow-raising ads, aimed at adolescents. Sex sells, everybody knows but businesses' use of it to sell to teenagers and preteens has raised more than eyebrows. ... French Connections United Kingdom came under fire for using the initials FCUK to promote its line of clothing and perfume to teen-agers. An ad appearing in Seventeen magazine last fall featured a shirtless young man and a smiling young woman in her underwear in bed, with the phrase 'Scent to bed' and 'FCUK fragrance [stress added]." Allie Shah, 2003, The controversy over sexy ads. The Chico Enterprise-Record, December 28, 2003, page 2B.

A. FROM THE VIDEO: LANGUAGE

VII. LANGUAGE, THOUGHT, AND CULTURE

"Culture is communication. In physics, so far as we know, the galaxies that one studies are all controlled by the same laws. This is not entirely true of the worlds created by humans. Each cultural world operates according to its own principles, and its own laws--written and unwritten. Even time and space are unique to each culture. There are, however, some common threads that run through all cultures. It is possible to say that the world of communication can be divided into three parts: words, material things, and behavior." Edward & Mildred Hall, 1990, Understanding Cultural Differences, page 3.

"People and their languages are always on the move. Even before the colonization of the past few centuries, many languages were spoken far from their homelands, whether because of trade, war, or migration [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering the Past Through Our Genes (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company), page 143.

"Encouraging students to trust themselves is one of the most important things a teacher can do. ... You can help the student know herself [or himself] by inspiring participation and promoting self-confidence [stress added]." Judith Kahn, 1975, The Guide To Conscious Communication, page 4.

"Researchers have found in the lab what many couples already know: Men and women handle stress differently. A study determined that young women are better able to cope with stress than young men, leading researchers to suggest there is such a thing as a female 'anti-stress' hormone." Anon., 2001, Men, women handle stress differently, study suggests. The Sacramento Bee, November 14, 2001, page A8.

"Peter W. Jusczyk, a Johns Hopkins University researcher whose pioneering scientific understanding of how and when babies develop language has died. He was 53. ... Throuigh sophisticated experiments that gauged babies' responses to verbal cues, Professor Jusczyk showed that infants have the ability to recognize sound patterns and match them to their meanings long before they begin to babble. ... Professor Jusczyk and [Peter] Eimas' early research reinvigorated a field of investigation based in the work of 19th century evolutionist Charles Darwin...." Elaine Woo, 2001, The San Francisco Chronicle, September 1, 2001, page A15.

"Heard the one about the fashionista and his arm candy who live in parallel universes, prefer chat rooms and text messaging to snailmail, suffer sticker shock at the cost of pashminas and like chick lit or airport novels? This trendy tale is nonesense, of course, but it is now Oxford-approved nonesense. All of these new expressions are among the 3,500 additions to the just-published edition of the Shorter Oxford English dictionary, updated to record new words or new applications of them that have entered the language since its last revision, in 1993 [stress added]." Warren Hoge, The New York Times, November 12, 2002, page A4.

"Does language sometimes define the content of thought? Are there people who cannot entertain certain ideas because their language does not have the words to express them? Are there concepts that cannot be translated into some languages? These questions have vexed linguists and neuroscientists for years. The general feeling has been that language does not limit cognition. However, a new study in the online version of Science suggests that the prevailing notion might not be correct [stress added]." Anon., 2004, The San Francisco Chronicle, August 30, 2004, page A4.

VIII. REMINDERS:
A. WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 (5%) is DUE Friday September 15, 2006.
B. EXAM I (20%) is on Friday September 22, 2006.


SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

GRAMMAR: The categories and rules for combining vocal symbols.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

MORPHEME: The smallest meaningful category in any language.

NONLINGUISTIC SYMBOLS: Any symbol that exists outside the system of language and speech; for example, visual symbols.

PHONEME: The minimal category of speech sounds that signals a difference in meaning.

PHONOLOGY: The categories and rules for forming vocal symbols.

SEMANTICS: The categories and rules for relating vocal symbols to their referents.

SOCIOLINGUISTIC RULES: Rules specifying the nature of the speech community, the particular speech situations within a community, and the speech acts that members use to convey their messages.

SPEECH: The behavior that produces meaningful vocal sounds.

SYMBOL: Anything that humans can sense that is given an arbitrary relationship to its referent.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.


NON-VERBAL COMMUNICATION = by Stanley Milgram

NOTE: "Nonverbal communication functions in several important ways in regulating human interactions. It is an effective way of (1) sending messages about our attitudes and feelings, (2) elaborating on our verbal messages, and (3) governing the timing and turn taking between communicators [stress added]." Gary P. Ferraro, 1990, The Cultural Dimensions Of International Business, page 69.

FROM THE VIDEO: "The world of people is a world of words....[but]." "Just as a bird watcher watches birds, so a man-watcher [or a people watcher] watches people. But he [or she] is a student of human behavior, not a voyeur. To him [or her], the way an elderly gentleman waves to a friend is quite as exciting as the way a young girl crosses her legs. He [or she] is a field-observer of human actions, and his [or her] field is everywhere--at the bus-stop, the supermarket, the airport, the street corner, the dinner party and the football match. Wherever people behave, there the man-watcher [or people watcher] has something to learn--about his [or her] fellow-men and ultimately about himself." [Desmond Morris, 1977, Manwatching: A Field Guide to Human Behavior, page 8]

FROM THE VIDEO: The human face, one of the most expressive "tools." ... How do "we" know that it is the face and not the knowledge about the feeling behind the face? ... "Proxemics" or the study of interpersonal space in human beings. Females are more sensitive to non-verbal cues than men. Important for survival in the environment. ... Deliberate ambiguity of non-verbal communication [NVC]. ... NVC as an instrument of self-presentation; used to qualify remarks; synchronize communications; and express a thought or feeling we may wish to take back. If some NVC are learned, some are also traced to our biological heritage.

NOTE: Zones: Intimate, Personal, Social, and Public. (See Peter Marsh, 1988, Eye To Eye: How People Interact, page 42); "Culture is communication and communication is culture....Culture is not one thing, but many....Culture is concerned more with messages...." (E. T. Hall, The Silent Language, 1959: 169).

NOTE: "According to anthropologist Ray Birdwhistell, in any human conversation, no more than thirty-five percent of the social meaning is communicated in words. All the rest is nonverbal [stress added]." (Flora Davis, Eloquent Animals: A Study in Animal Communication, 1978: 183)

"A word to the wise: Be careful to whom you're telling lies. There's an elite group of people who don't need to see Pinocchio's nose grow, but can pick up on subtle signs that they're not hearing the truth. While most folks don't notice these flickers of falsehood, psychology professor Maureen O'Sullivan has found a few who can find the fibbers nearly every time. Of 13,000 people tested for the ability to detect deception, 'we found 31 [Note: 31/13,000 = .238%], who we call wizzards, who are usually able to tell whether the person is lying, whether the lie is about an opinion, how someone is feeling or about a theft,' she said [stress added]." Randolph E. Schmid, 2004, Fibbers can't hide from these 'wizards.' The Chico Enterp[rise-Record, October 17, 2004, pages A1 + A6.

NOTE: "Why do men and women communicate so differently? It may be something in our genes. A new study has found evidence of a gene that may explain why women tend to be more adept in social situations than men - contradicting the popular notion that cultural differences cause the male-female social gap. 'This suggests that there is a genetic basis for female intuition ... the ability to read social situations that are not obvious,' says David Skuse, lead author of the report in this week's issue of Nature. 'Women are born with that facility and men have to learn it.' ... No word yet on finding a gene for people who are just plain boring [stress added]." Robert Langreth, The Wall Street Journal, June 12, 1997, page B1.

PLEASE NOTE: "Contrary to established theory, men and women use radically different methods for coping with stress, a new study has concluded. ... Recent observations, the researchers say, indicate that women, and females of numerous other species, typically employ a different response, which the psychologists term 'tend and befriend.' When stress mounts, women are more prone to protect and nurture their children ('tend') and turn to social networks of supportive females ('befriend'). That behavior became prevalent over millenia of human evolution, the researchers speculate, because succesful tenders and befrienders would be more likely to have their offspring survive and pass on their mothers' traits [stress added]." Stress Management A Gender Issue? Curt Suplee, The San Francisco Chronicle, May 19, 2000, page A3.

"Scientist says brain waves tell no lies: A neuropsychologist created what he says is a better lie detctor than a polygraph. Julian Keenan....uses a machine that scans brain waves, which register a change when someone is lying....While Keenan won't say whether men are better liars than women--both genders lie with the same frequency--he has found that women are better at detecting lies, especially if they think a man is hitting on them. If not, they're as easily duped as men. Females are also better at the little white lies that ease social situations [stress added]." G. Jeffrey MacDonald, 2005, Honolulu Star-Bulletin, page F1+ F9.

"A study of [744] Australian drivers found that those using cellphones were four times as likely to be involved in a serious crash regardless of whether they used hands-free devices like earpieces or speaker phones." Jeremy W. Peters, 2005, Hands-Free Cellphone Devices Don't Aid Road Safety, Study Concludes. The New York Times, July 12, 2005, page C3.

AND See: Richard Conniff, 2004, Reading Faces. The Smithsonian. Vol. 34, No. 10, January 2004, pages 44-50.


LANGUAGE (1988 Video) "It can be dazzling, intricate, it can be simple, subtle; it can define beliefs, opinions, ideas; it can spread news, transmit information; it can stiffen resolve, betray emotions, and move nations. It can cement the bonds between mother and child. It is language--at the heart [and], core, of what makes us human. ... Language is the clearest evidence we have of the mind that exists within us. ... Language: the press agent of the mind? ... How much learned? How much built in at birth? ... At what point does animal communication leave off and human language begin?" VIDEOTAPE: Looks at the work of Jane Goodall, David Premack, Philip Lieberman, Ursala Bellugi (expert in sign languages of the deaf), Helen J. Neville, Patricia Kuhl, and others.

"Humanity? Maybe It's in the Wiring: Neuroscientists have given up looking for the seat of the soul, but they are still seeking what may be special about human brains, what it is that provides the basis for a level of self-awareness and complex emotions unlike those of other animals. Most recently they have been investigsating circuitry rather than specific locations, looking at the pathways and connections.... There are specailized neurons at work.... The only other animals to have such cells are the great apes. ... The body, it turns out, is as important as the brain. Dr. Antonio Damasio, a neurologist at the University of Iowa Medical Center and author of the book Looking for Spinoza: Joy, Sorrow and the Feeling Brain.... [stress added]." Sandra Blakesleee, The New York Times, December 9, 2003, page D1 + D4, page D1.

"Human language: All in the genes? A comparison of the genetic maps of people and chimpanzees supports the idea that language is a key factor that makes us human, according to a team of researchers at Cornell University in Ithaca, N.Y., and Celera Genomics. In Friday's issue of the journal Science, the researchers noted differences in genes believed to be involved in the development of speech and hearing. 'We speculate that understanding spoken language may have required tuning of hearing acuity,' they wrote. The team also found differences in genes involved in the sense of human smell. Scientists think chimps and humans diverged from a common ancestor 5 million years ago. Humans and chimps share more than 99% of their genes, and scientists are eager to find out how tiny diferences can be som important [stress added]." Anon., 2003, USA Today, November 15, 2003, page 6D.

"By comparing the genome of humans with that of chimpanzees, people's closest living relative, scientists have identified a partial list of the genes that make people human. They include genes for hearing and speech, genes that wire the developing brain, genes for detcting odors and genes that shape bone structure. ... Two years ago the project was bolstered when a larke London family with barely intelligible speech was found to have mutations in a gene called FOXP2. Chimpanzees also have a FOXP2 gene, but it is significantly different. The human version shows signs of accelerated evolutionary change in the last 100,000 years, suggesting that the gene acquired a new function that helped confer the gift of speech [stress added]." Nicholas Wade, 2003, What separates us from chimps. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 13, 2003, page A8.

"Dr. Paul Bloom, a professor of psychology at Yale, agreed that Petitto's research suggested that 'humans have a dedicated language ability from the start.' Language capacity may be built into the human brain.... This view accords with the theory proposed by the linguist Noam Chomsky [1928->] that humans are born with the ability to use language [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2002, Babbies' babbling speaks volumes. The San Francisco Chronicle, November 10, 2002, page E11.

"Babies struggling to turn babble into polished patter use a previously undiscovered [!] instinct for rules to master the building blocks of language, scientists at New York University announced Thursday. The new insight [!!] is persuasive evidence that the ability to think in terms of formulas and rules is not just something that must be learned through schooling, as some scholars have argued, but is also a fundamental characteristic of every human mind, several language experts said. ... Working with 7-month-old infants, the NYU researchers determined that even the very young can make sense of speech by figuring out on their own simple rules about the patterns of language structure and grammar. ... The research, published today in Science, broadens the understanding of what may be built into every human brain at birth.... [stress added]." (The Sacramento Bee, January 1, 1999, page A8)

"Babies babble, starting at about seven months, not only with their mouths but also with their hands in a natural form of sign language, researchers have found. A study published in the journal Nature suggests that babies are born with sensitivity to highly specific rhythmic patterns naturally found in languages. The findings idicate that a baby's perception of such patterns is a key mechanism that launches the process of acquiring human language." Lee Bowman, 2001, C'mon, talk to me, baby. The San Francisco Chronicle, September 16, 2001, page C7.

FROM THE VIDEO: "If language is built into us as a species, where in the evolutionary record did this miracle first occur? Why did language evolve in man alone of all living creatures? Clues to the origin of language come to us from fossil records. Dr. Philip Lieberman, of the Department of Linguistics at Brown University, has examined Neanderthal and hominoid skulls in his laboratory. ... [You] observe how the muscles attach to the bones of the living animal, then put together the fossil. Now once you have that, you can also tell a fair amount about the brain and how the brain could control anatomy. ... Modern speech is very efficient. We don't think about it because we do it all the time. So it's perfectly natural. But it turns out that it's almost ten times faster than any other sound, such as sound that chimpanzees make. ... It's really impossible to conceive of human culture without language. Language enters into everything. You can't have human culture without human language. Further, language facilitates thought. I think it's impossible to conceive of human thought without human language. ... "In fact, language is so central to the human mind that it emerges in everyone with normal human abilities, even when hearing is absent at birth." ... Pidgin language develops into Creole as a result of the children. "So it may be the very structure of language is programmed into the brain [stress added]."

NOTE: "Derek Bickerton...believes that creoles provide evidence for an innate language program. Creoles--more than a hundred are known--generally appeared when the slave trade and European colonialism forced great numbers of people who spoke different languages to work together." (Ann Finkbeiner, 1988, in The Day That Lightning Chased The Housewife ...And Other Mysteries of Sciences, edited by Julia Leigh and David Savold, page 12).

"To some extent, language appears to be innate to Homo sapiens. The fossil evidence of Homo sapiens goes back to about 150,000 years ago. So we may assume that part of what distinguished the species when it arose was speech [stress added]." Dr. John H. McWhorter, Linguistics professor @ UC Berkeley. The New York Times, October 30, 2001, page D3.

"Brain scans can find Alzheimer's before symproms appear. A diagnostic technique used to find brain tumors or to locate the origin of seizures can accurately detect Alzheimer's and other degenerative brain diseases even before symptoms begin, a study says. Positron emission tomography, or PET scans, which provide 3-D images of brain activity." Anita Manning, November 7, 2001, USA Today, page 11D.

"Going the polygraph one better, scientists say they have spotted a telltale pattern of brain activity that can reveal when someone is lying. ... Using a type of brain scan called functional magnetic resonance imaging, scientists found certain brain regions...were more active in test subjects when they were not being truthful [stress added]." Carl T. Hall, 2001, Fib Detector. The San Francisco Chronicle, November 26, 2001, page A10.

"Knowing what brand you are buying can influence your preferences by commandeering your brain circuits involved with memory, decision making and self-image, researchers have found. When researchers monitored brain scans of 67 people who were given a blind test of Coca-Cola and Pepsi, each soft drink lit up the brain's reward system, and the participants were evenly split as to which drink they preferred. But when the same people were told what they were drinking, activity in a different set of brain regions linked to brand loyalty overrode their original preferences. Three out of four said they preferred Coca-Cola. The study, published in the Oct. 14 issue of the journal Neuron, is the first to explore how cultural messages penetrate the human brain and shape personal preferences. Circulating in draft form over the last year, the study has been widely discussed by neuroscientists and advertisers, as well as people who worry about the power of commercials in determining consumer behavior. At issue is whether marketeers can exploit advances in brain science to make more effective commercials. Is there a 'buy button' in the brain? [stress added]." Sandra Blakeslee, 2004, If You Have a 'Buy Button' in Your Brain, What Pushes It? The New York Times, October 19, 2004, page D5.

"Despite these dangers, I am joining the growing dialogue on gender and language because the risks of ignoring differences is greater than the danger of naming them. Sweeping something big under the rug doesn't make it go away; it trips you up and sends you sprawling when you venture across the room. Denying real differences can only compound the confusion that is already widespread in this era of shifting and re-forming relationships between women and men [stress added]." (Deborah Tannen, 1990, You Just Don't Understand: Women And Men In Conversation, page 16).


ANTHROPOLOGY & CYBERSPACE (Fall 2006)

"In the summer of 1994 [and how old were you then?] the Internet was still mainly an academic plaything. The company that became Netscape Communications had not yet released its web browser. Many computers still ran MS-DOS. Intel's new Pentium chip was a luxury, and a 1-gigabyte hard drive was considered huge." Stephen H. Wildstrom, Lessons from a Dizzying Decade in Tech. Business Week, June 14, 2004, page 25.

Go to: http://www.zakon.org/robert/internet/timeline/ [Hobbes' Internet Timeline v6.0] where you will see that:

In June 1993 there were a total of 130 World Wide Web Sites
In June 1994 there were a total of 2,738 World Wide Web Sites
In January 1996 there were a total of 100,000 World Wide Web Sites
In April 1997 there were a total of 1,002,612 World Wide Web Sites
In February 2000 there were a total of 11,161,811 World Wide Web Sites
In December 2002, there were a total of 35,543,105 World Wide Web Sites.
In July 2003, there were a total of 42,298,371 World Wide Web Sites.
In January 2004, there were a total of 46,067,743 World Wide Web Sites.
/In December 2004, there were a total of 56,923,737 World Wide Web Sites
In August 2005, there were a total of 70,392,567 World Wide Web Sites.

CYBERSPACE: A term used William Gibson in Neuromancer (1984) to describe interactions in a world of computers and human beings. Cyberspace can be viewed as another location to be explored and interpreted by anthropologists. Urbanowicz believes that the "World Wide Web" is very similar to the period known as "The Enlightenment" in France (which, combined with the industrial revolution that began in approximately the 1760's, created the world that we know today). For some of the reasons that Urbanowicz does what he does, see: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/K12Visuals98.htm. If you "surf" the web (and I do), please surf carefully and evaluate wisely: below you have some examples for information concerning "Charles R. Darwin" available on the web at various points in time: note the different amounts of data generated by different search engines: evaluate carefully! Before examing the "Search Engine Results" below, please consider the following: 

DATE
GOOGLE
ALTA VISTA
WISENUT
ALLTHEWEB
June 19, 2006
8,090,000
1,980,000
11,568
1,710,000
November 30, 2005
2,180,000
2,980,000
8,202
2,600,000
July 5, 2005
688,000
1,100,000
937
958,000
March 22, 2005
750,000
909,000
937
776,000
January 19, 2005
697,000
531,000
1,775
435,000
November 2, 2004
306,000
597,000
5,186
506,000
October 12, 2004
292,000
601,000
5,186
497,000
May 4, 2004
264,000
108,303
18.247
91,931
April 14, 2004
268,000
106,585
18,247
90,571
March 22, 2004
279,000
90,610
18,247
556,125
February 10, 2004
260,000
90,749
26,209
582,798
January 4, 2004
251,000
89,979
26,209
568,418
September 27, 2003
278,000
81,607
39,116
463,572
November 27, 2002
143,000
84,274
76,294
516,281
May 2, 2002
130,000
36,608
64,940
N/A
February 6, 2002
118,000
40,131
N/A
N/A
October 17, 2001
120,000
65,975,088
N/A
N/A

Incidentally, MSN Search had 540,940 on June 19, 2006. Two things should be obvious: (#1) interest in Darwin appeats to be accelerating and (#2), obviously, just as with people, all "search engines" are not created equal and there is "cultural selection" involved in everything we do! How does one "evaluate" and "use" this wide range of information? One does it just as Darwin did, carefully, patiently, and slowly, for as Darwin wrote:

"False facts are highly injurious to the progress of science, for they often endure long; but false views, if supported by some evidence, do little harm, for every one takes a salutary pleasure in proving their falseness: and when this is done, one path towards error is closed and the road to truth is often at the same time opened." Charles R. Darwin, 1871, The Descent of Man And Selection in Relation to Sex[1981 Princeton University Press edition, with Introduction by John T. Bonner and Robert M. May], Chapter 21, page 385.

"Though Darwin died more than a century before the advent of the World Wide Web, his unforgiving survival theory applied as much to outdoors-oriented sites as to the species. The fittest are still with us...." Michael Shapiro, 2002, Returning to nature easier after trekking through Net. San Francisco Chronicle, June 2, 2002,Section C8, page 8.

"The driving force in the semiconductor industry has been the theorem known as Moore's Law. First posited by Intel Corp. co-founder Gordin Moore in the 1960s, Moore's Law states that the number of transistors that fit on a chip will double every 18 months. ... Moore's Law has held true so far, with Intel's latest Pentium cramming 8 million transistors on a tiny sliver of silicon. The industry is confident that it can achieve even more astounding figures, such as 100 million transistors on a chip [stress added]." San Francisco Chronicle, August 10, 1998, page E1.

"The great thing about crummy software is the amount of employment it generates. If Moore's law is upheld for another 20 or 30 years, there will not only be a vast amount of computation going on planet Earth, but the maintenance of that computation will consume the efforts of almost every living person. We're talking about a planet of help desks [stress added]." Jaron Lanier, 2000, One-Half of a Manifesto: Why stupid software will save the future from neo-Darwinian machines. Wired, December 2000, 8.12, pages 158-179, page 174.

"'It's the information age, and librarians are the information specialists,' said Kevin Starr, state librarian for California. ... I think information service is the profession for the millennium [said Cora Iezza]." Beyond the Dewey Decimal. Julie N. Lynem, July 14, 2002, The San Francisco Chronicle, page B1.

"When this circuit learns your job, what are you going to do?" In Marshall McLuhan & Quentin Fiore (1967), The Medium Is The Massage, page 20.

"Clyde Presowitz says he had a revelation in 2003 when his oldest son, a software developer living on Lake Tahoe in California, asked him to co-invest in a snow-removal company. Why, wondered Prestowitz, would his high-tech offspring go into a business 'as mundane as snow removal?' Explained the son: "Dad, they can't move the snow to India [stress added].'" Paul Magnusson, 2005, Why Asia Will Eat Our Lunch [book review of]: Three Billion New Capitalists: The Great Shift of Wealth and Power to the East (2005) by Clyde Prestowitz, Business Week, June 20, 2005, page 22. 

"Career advice for the 21st century: Stay away from any job that can be done online.... profiting from the Darwinian labor economics of the Internet [stress added]." Mani and Me: Hearing 'Mister,' I work Cheap' From Across The Globe. Lee Gomes, June 3, 2002, The Wall Street Journal, page B.

"'We used to educate farmers to be farmers, factory workers to be factory workers, teachers to be teachers, men to be men, women to be women.' The future demands 'renaissance people. You can't be productive in the information age if you don't know how to talk to a diverse population, use a computer, understand a world view instead of a parochial view, write, speak [stress added].'" In Byrd L. Jones and Robert W. Maloy, 1996, Schools For An Information Age: Reconstructing Foundations For learning And Teaching, page 15.
"Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic."
Clarke's Third Law, Profiles of the Future: An Inquiry into the Limits of the Possible by Arthur C. Clarke, 1984, page 26.

"Google--or any search engine--isn't just another website; it's the lens through which we see that information, and it affects what we see and don't see. At the risk of waxing Orwellian, how we search affects what we find and by extension, how we learn what we know [stress added]. Lev Grossman, 2003, Search And Destroy. Time, December 22, 2003, pages 46-50, page 50.

SOME LESSON PLAN LOCATIONS

http://www.nytimes.com/learning/ [The New York Times Learning Network} LESSON PLANS & MUCH MORE!] 

http://www.eduplace.com/ss/ [K-8 Education Place} Social Studies Center]

http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/evolution/darwin/index.html [Darwin} From WGBH/PBS "Evolution" Show]

http://www.reptiland.com/onlinecourse/session2/resources.html [Evolution: Online Course for Teachers]

http://cwx.prenhall.com/bookbind/pubbooks/stiling4/chapter1/essay13/deluxe-content.html [Interactive Case study on Galápagos Finches']


WEEK 4: BEGINNING Monday September 11, 2006

I. LANGUAGE & ECOLOGY & CULTURE (CONTINUED) AND WRITING ASSIGNMENT #1 (5%) DUE on Friday September 15, 2006.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview], pages 102-106.
"Life Without Chiefs" by Marvin Harris, pages 284-293.
"Lessons from the field" by George Gmelch, pages 46-57.

III. SIGNIFICANCE OF JEAN PIAGET (1896-1980) AND JEROME BRUNER (1915->).

"Piaget sees two basic mental processes underlying all of intellectual development: He calls these processes assimilation and accommodation. Assimilation involves the incorporation of a new perception into an existing concept. If a child has learned the concept of bird, he [or she!] can assimilate new perceptions: birds he has never seen before into his existing concept of bird. Accommodation is the complement of assimilation. Accommodation involves the modification of an existing mental concept to fit new perceptions. Mental growth is dependent on the continuous interaction between assimilation and accomodation on increasingly complex levels. For Piaget, intelligence involves a person intellectually incorporating the world--assimilation--and modifying his thinking in order to fit the world--accomodation [stress added]. From the video: Cognitive Development]

Sensorimotor -> Pre-Operational -> Concrete Operations -> Formal Operations

Jean Piaget Society [http://www.piaget.org/]

"Learners are encouraged to discover facts and relationships for themselves." (Jerome Bruner) [http://www.psy.pdx.edu/PsiCafe/KeyTheorists/Bruner.htm]

"The first object of any act of learning, over and beyond the pleasure it may give, is that it should serve us in the future. Learning should not only take us somewhere; it should allow us later to go further more easily [stress added]." Jerome Bruner, 1960, The Process of Education (Harvard university press), page 17.

"Bruner sees learning as involving three 'almost simultaneous processes,' namely, (1) acquisition of new information, (2) transformation of knowledge, and (3) check of the pertinence and adequacy of knowledge [stress added]." Morris L. Bigge, 1982, Learning theories for Teachers (Fourth Edition) (Harper Collins), page 232.

"An education isn't how much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know.
It's being able to differentiate between what you do know and what you don't.
" Anatole France (1844-1924)

 

IV. THE TERM "PRIMITIVE" WHEN USED IN CONNECTION WITH HUMAN BEINGS IS NOT APPROPRIATE!

V. A STRATEGY OF ADAPTATION: CULTURAL EVOLUTION
A.
Importance of Terminology
B. Strategies on Gathering, Hunting, Pastoralism, and...for the "Big Picture" please go to: http://antwrp.gsfc.nasa.gov/apod/archivepix.html as well as http://www.newcastle.ac.uk/~nantiq/timeline.jpg.

And remember from Week I: "The palest ink is better than the best memory." (Chinese proverb) and "The ear is a less trustworthy witness than the eye." (Herodotus [c.485-426 B.C.], The Histories of Herodotus, Book 1, Chapter 8) and it was said of Leonardo Da Vinci (1352-1519): "...he also learned to carry a notebook with him at all times and to use it, so that whatever went in through the eye came out through his hand [stress added]." Holland Cotter, 2002,Leonardo: The Eye, The Hand, The Mind." The New York Times, January 24, 2003, pages B35 + B37, page B37.

TO REPEAT} "The transition from hunting to agriculture had profound consequences. Nomadic groups had relatively little capacity to alter the environment. Sedentary populations, on the other hand, transformed the location in many ways. As archaeological excavations demonstrate, humans cleared the land, built drainage and water systems, and kept domesticated animals. As the food supply became more dependable, populations began to grow in both size and density. Humans increasingly lived in villages, towns, and subsequently cities, where more crowded conditions prevailed. Additional contacts between groups followed the inevitable rise of trade and commerce [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 10.

C. FROM THE VIDEO: PRIMITIVE PEOPLE [CFU: Horrible title but semi-reasonable film!] (and for additional information on Australian Aborigines, please go to http://www.insects.org/ced1/aust_abor.html as well as http://www.ciolek.com/WWWVL-Aboriginal.html)

"The barbarous heathen are nothing more strange to us than we are to them.... Human reason is a tincture in like weight and measure infused into all our opinions and customs, what form soever they be, infinite in matter, infinite in diversity." (Michel Eyquem de Montaigne [1533-1592], Essays, page 53 [1959 paperback publication of a translation from 1603].

"Lord Voldemort's gift for spreading discord and enmity is very great. We can fight it only by showing an equally strong bond of fiendship and trust. Differences of habit and language are nothing at all if our aims are identical and our hearts open" [stress added]." Albus Dumbledore, In Harry Potter And The Goblet of Fire, 2000, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 723.

"If you can't see that your own culture has its own set of interests, emotions, and biases, how can you expect to deal successfully with someone else's culture?" Arthur Kleinman, Psychiatrist and Medical Anthropologist. In Anne Fadiman, 1997, The Spirit Catches You And You Fall Down: A Hmong Child, Her American Doctors, And The Collision of Two Cultures (NY: Farrar, Straus and Giroux), page 261.

D. ESSAY: Body Ritual Among the Nacirema [please see below in this Guidebook] and please see http://www.beadsland.com/nacirema/[but please read the article below first].

"When one comes to think of it, it is pretty obvious that Woman, not Man was the innovator who laid the foundations of our civilization. While the men went hunting, the Woman was the guardian of the fire and, pretty certainly, the first maker of pottery. It was she who went picking the wild berries and nuts and seeds and who went poking with sticks to unearth the edible roots. In the mother-to-daughter tradition, the knowledge of plants born of long observation led women to experiment in cultivation. Biologically Woman was more observant than Man, because the recurring phases of the moon coincided with the rhythm of her fertile life and she could observe the period of gestation not only in herself but in the animals and in the seasonal reappearance of the plants. So she had a sense of Time, and the measurement of Time was one of the earliest manifestations of constructive and systematic thinking [stress added]." Sir Ritchie Calder, 1961, After The Seventh Day: The World Man Created, page 69.

SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

ECONOMIC SYSTEM: The provision of goods and services to meet biological and social wants.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

FAMILY: A residential group composed of at least one married couple and their children.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

RITE OF PASSAGE: A series of rituals that move individuals from one social state or status to another.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.


PRIMITIVE PEOPLE = "...the Mewites, a small scattered tribe living mainly on the sea-coast and littoral of Arnhem Land in Northern Australia. Like most Aboriginal tribes these people were continually on the move searching for the meagre food supplies available. [George] Heath and his assistant, Australian actor Peter Finch who compiled the material from which the script was constructed and also spoke the commentary, attached themselves to a group of about fifty people and followed them for four weeks. The film is divided into three sections. The first section shows normal community life, the construction of bark shelters, various food-gathering methods and makes reference to social structure; the second section shows scenes of burial rituals; the third describes a wallaby hunt [stress added]."

"Since the late 1960s, use of the term 'Koori' (or Koorie) to refer to [Australian] Aborigines has become widespread. The word means 'people' in a number of languages from southeastern Australia and is one of a number of such terms used to distinguish the indigenous people of specific regions. A Koori is an indigeneous person from NSW or Victoria, just as a Murri is from Queensland, a Nunga is from South Australia and a Nyungar from Western Australia [stress added]." Paul Smitz [Coordinating Author] et al., 2004, Australia 12th Edition (Oakland, CA: Lonely Planet Publications Pty Ltd) , page 35. 

The Commonwealth of Australia [2,941,300 square miles] has an estimated population of 20,090,437. The World Almanac And Book of Facts 2006, page 754.]

Captain James Cook [1728-1779] on Australian Aborigines: "They may appear to some to be the most wretched people upon Earth, but in reality they are far more happier than we Europeans: being wholy unacquainted not only with the superfluous but the necessary Conveniences so much sought after in Europe, they are happy in not knowing the use of them. They live in a tranquility which is not disturb'd by the Inequality of Condition: The Earth and the sea of their own accord furnishes them with all things necessary for life.... They seem'd to set no Value upon anything we gave them, nor would they ever part with any thing of their own for any one article we could offer the; this is my opinion argues that they think themselves provided with all the necessarys of Life [stress added]." In} Tony Horwitz, 2002, Blue Latitudes: Boldly Going Where Captain Cook Has Gone Before (NY: Henry Holt and Company), pages 177-178.

"For thousands of years, Australian aborigines have painstakingly harvested the hollow branches of eucalyptus trees to make didgeridoos, their sacred musical instrument. ... [Australian aborigines do not "look too kindly upon"] the growing number of non-Australians who have jumped on the didgeridoo bandwagon and spawned an industry of distinctly foreign adaptations of the instrument...." Jeanne Cummins, 2002, The Didgeridoo Is Sacred to Aborigines Who Hate the Fakes. The Wall Street Journal, July 9, 2002, page 1 + A10, page 1.

"...the continent of Greater Australia must have been colonised prior to about 40,000 years ago, the times of our ealiest evidence. From all indications the colonists arrived from Southeast Asia by sea, and can be counted amongst the earliest of modern human populations." Harry Lourandos, 1997, Continent of Hunter-Gatherers: New Perspectives in Australian Prehistory (Cambridge University Press), page 296.

"The evidence itself is, however, constantly changing or being modified. As we go to press new claims are being made of a radically early chronology for the prehistory of Australia. From the site of Jinmium in the Kimberly of northwestern Australia have been reported fallen panels of rock art engravings dated at between 58,000 and 75,000 years ago, and stone artefacts at between 116,000 and 176,000 years ago [stress added]." Harry Lourandos, 1997, Continent of Hunter-Gatherers: New Perspectives in Australian Prehistory (Cambridge University Press), page xv.

"Australia's Aborigines may have created one of the world's oldest art forms and have certainly created one of the newest. Travelers in the remote outback of central and northwestern Australia can see cave paintings and rock carvings that date back at least 30,000 years. ... that may predate the oldest cave paintings in Europe. ... Thirty years ago [1973] Aboriginal work was hardly recognized as art. ... Less than 20 years ago [1983] 'you could barely give it away,' ... 'But our sales in July [2003]... we'll have people from all over the world bidding hundreds of thousands of dollars of art you could have bought for hundreds in the 1970s [stress added]." Tony Clifton, 2003, Aborigines' art comes out of the cave, into galleries. The San Francisco Chronicle, April 25, 2003, page D21.

"A skeleton dated to 62,000 years ago has been found near Lake Mungo in southeastern Australia. The remains are clearly modern, with slender limb bones and a high, domed skull. And at a remarkable site in northern Australia, the initial colonists of the continent seem to have hollowed out an array of indentations on the face of a rock--perhaps the earliest instance yet known of symbolic thinking [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 129.

"New dates from an important archaeological site in Australia have removed a serious challenge to a theory about the origin of modern humans. The site is lake Mungo, in southeastern Australia....A new survey of the Lake Mungo site has revised the date of the burial to 42,000 years ago. ... This date is much more consistent with my view of the 'out of Africa' event ["Eve hypothesis] that occurs around 50,000 years ago. [stress added]." Nicholas Wade, 2003, Revisions in dating of grave site revive 'out of Africa' idea. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 20, 2003, page A2. [And see: http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/02/20/MN231453.DTL as well as http://www.sfgate.com/cgi-bin/article.cgi?file=/chronicle/archive/2003/02/19/MN224306.DTL]

"Aboriginal Australia was divided into some three hundred tribes, each associated with a separate area. Tribal unity was based on common language and common mythology, but not usually upon group action. For the individual native, membership in a local group or horde was much more important than tribal membership. Each horde was identified with a subdivision of the tribal area and consisted of a number of families related to one another through various kinship ties. Males usually dwelt throughout their lives in the territory where they were born; wives were selected from other parts of the tribe and moved to their husbands' place at marriage. But although residence was more commonly based upon father relationships, ties with the mother were also emphasized through important totemic means. Yet more important than either of these social groupings was the biological family unit. ... The family unit has been aptly called the group of orientation. For, in Australia as in most other primitive [sic.] cultures, an individual's family relationships determined the kinship terms and behavior he used toward every other person in his social universe [stress added]." Douglas L. Oliver, The Pacific Islands, 1961, pp. 31-32.

"In considering the political structure of the native Australians we must remember that Australia is a continent, and the only one that was inhabited exclusively by hunters and gatherers. Probably the most formal and the most complex kind of chieftainship recorded in Australia was that of the Jaraldi people in the Lower Murray River country, one of the continents most populous regions. In the middle of the last century, each territorial clan had its own headman and council, and there was also a paramount chief for the entire tribe. The council members of each clan were elected in a meeting between the middle-aged and elderly men, and a few of the outstanding younger ones as well. In a few cases women were also elected [stress added]." Carlton S. Coon, The Hunting Peoples, 1971: 282-283.

See San Francisco Chronicle of 29 May 1997: "Australia ruled out any compensation yesterday for 100,000 Aboriginal children forcibly taken from their families by the government for more than a half a century until the early 1970s. ... Under state laws starting in 1910, the government removed Aboriginal children from their families because the white majority considered it as in their best interest. ... Australia's 303,000 Aborigines make up 1 percent of its population. They have long complained of discirimination, and they lag behind other Australians in access to jobs, education and health services [stress added]." (page A10).

"It spotlights a shameful recent chapter of Australian history, when racist kidnappings were part of that country's official policy, yet 'Rabbit-Proof Fence' turns this dubious past into a breathtaking story of defiance and triumph that has to be considered one of the year's most sublime films. Direcotr Phillip Noyce based his movie on the lives of three Aboriginal girls who, in 1931, escaped from their captors into a shaky freedom that required them to traverse more than 1,000 miles.... Between 1910 and 1970, the Australian government targeted mixed-race Aboriginal children in the outback and took themn to reorientation centers. There they were forced to speak English, attend Church and learn 'skills' they would use as servants and laborers for white people. One hundred thousand Aboriginal children were taken this way from their parents, according to an Australian government report released in 1997 [stress added]." Jonathan Curiel, 2002, Following the fence to freedom: Aboriginal girls' escape makes for gripping drama. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 25, 2002, pages D1 + D9.


"Body Ritual Among the Nacirema" by Horace Miner in The American Anthropologist, Vol. 58 (1956), pp. 503-507.

"The anthropologist has become so familiar with the diversity of ways in which different peoples behave in similar situations that he [or she!] is not apt to be surprised by even the most exotic customs. In fact, if all of the logically possible combinations of behavior have not been found somewhere in the world, he is apt to suspect that they must be present in some yet undescribed tribe. This point, has, in fact been expressed with respect to clan organization by Murdock [of HRAF interests]. In this light, the magical beliefs and practices of the Nacirema present such unusual aspects that it seems desirable to describe them as an example of the extremes to which human behavior can go.

Professor Linton first brought the ritual of the Nacirema to the attention of anthropologists twenty years ago, but the culture of this people is still very poorly understood. They are a North American group living in the territory between the Canadian Cree, the Yaqui and Tarahumare of Mexico, and the Carib and Arawak of the Antilles. Little is known of their origin, although tradition states that they came from the east....

Nacirema culture is characterized by a highly developed market economy which has evolved in a rich natural habitat. While much of the people's time is devoted to economic pursuits, a large part of the fruits of these labors and a considerable portion of the day are spent in ritual activity. The focus of this activity is the human body, the appearance and health of which loom as a dominant concern in the ethos of the people. While such a concern is certainly not unusual, its ceremonial aspects and associated philosophy are unique.

The fundamental belief underlying the whole system appears to be that the human body is ugly and that its natural tendency is to debility and disease. Incarcerated in such a body, man's only hope is to avert these characteristics through the use of the powerful influences of ritual and ceremony. Every household has one or more shrines devoted to this purpose. The more powerful individuals in the society have several shrines in their houses and, in fact, the opulence of a house is often referred to in terms of the number of such ritual centers it possesses. Most houses are of the wattle and daub construction, but the shrine rooms of the more wealthy are walled with stone. Poorer families imitate the rich by applying pottery plaques to their shrine walls.

While each family has at least one such shrine, the rituals associated with it are not family ceremonies but are private and secret. The rites are normally only discussed with children, and then only during the period when they are being initiated into these mysteries. I was able, however, to establish sufficient rapport with the natives to examine these shrines and to have the rituals described to me.

The focal point of the shrine is a box or chest which is built into the wall. In this chest are kept the many charms and magical potions without which no native believes he could live. These preparations are secured from a variety of specialized practitioners. The most powerful of these are the medicine men, whose assistance must be rewarded with substantial gifts. However, the medicine men do not provide the curative potions for their clients, but decide what the ingredients should be and then write them down in an ancient and secret language. This writing is understood only by the medicine men and by the herbalists who, for another gift, provide the required charm.

The charm is not disposed of after it has served its purpose, but is placed in the charmbox of the household shrine. As these magical materials are specific for certain ills, and the real or imagined maladies of the people are many, the charm-box is usually full to overflowing. The magical packets are so numerous that people forget what their purposes were and get to use them again. While the natives are very vague on this point, we can only assume that the idea in retaining all the old magical materials is their presence in the charmbox, before which the body rituals are conducted, will in some way protect the worshipper.

Beneath the charmbox is a small font. Each day every member of the family, in succession, enters the shrine room, bows his head before the charm-box, mingles different sorts of holy water in the font, and proceeds with a brief rite of ablution. The holy waters are secured from the Water Temple of the community, where the priests conduct elaborate ceremonies to make the liquid ritually pure.

In the hierarchy of magical practitioners, and below the medicine men in prestige, are specialists whose designations is best translated 'holy-mouth-men.' The Nacirema have an almost pathological horror of and fascination with the mouth, the condition of which is believed to have a supernatural influence on all social relationships. Were it not for the rituals of the mouth, they believe that their teeth would fall out, their gums bleed, their jaws shrink, their friends desert them, and their lovers reject them. They also believe that a strong relationship exists between oral and moral characteristics. For example, there is a ritual ablution of the mouth for children which is supposed to improve their moral fiber.

The daily body ritual performed by everyone includes a mouth-rite. Despite the fact that these people are so punctilious about care of the mouth, this rite involves a practice which strikes the uninitiated stranger as revolting. It was reported to me that the ritual consists of inserting a small bundle of hog hairs into the mouth, along with certain magical powders, and then moving the bundle in a highly formalized series of gestures.

In addition to the private mouth-rite, the people seek out a holy-mouth-man once or twice a year. These practitioners have an impressive set of paraphernalia, consisting of a variety of augers, awls, probes, and prods. The use of these objects in the exorcism of the evils of the mouth involves almost unbelievable ritual torture of the client. The holy-mouth-man opens the clients mouths and, using the above mentioned tools, enlarges any holes which decay may have created in the teeth. Magical materials are put into these holes. If there are no naturally occurring holes in the teeth, large sections of one or more teeth are gouged out so that the supernatural substance can be applied. In the client's view, the purpose of these ministrations is to arrest decay and to draw friends. The extremely sacred and traditional character of the rite is evident in the fact that the natives return to the holy-mouth-men year after year, despite the fact that their teeth continue to decay.

It is to be hoped that, when a thorough study of the Nacirema is made, there will be careful inquiry into the personality structure of these people. One has but to watch the gleam in the eye of a holy-mouth-man, as he jabs an awl into an exposed nerve, to suspect that a certain amount of sadism is involved. If this can be established, a very interesting pattern emerges, for most of the population shows definite masochistic tendencies. It was to these that Professor Linton referred in discussing a distinctive part of the daily body ritual which is performed only by men. This part of the rite involves scraping and lacerating the surface of the face with a sharp instrument. Special women's rites are performed only four times during each lunar month, but what they lack in frequency is made up in barbarity. As part of this ceremony, women bake their heads in small ovens for about an hour. The theoretically interesting point is that what seems to be a preponderantly masochistic people have developed sadistic specialists.

The medicine men have an imposing temple, or latipso, in every community of any size. The more elaborate ceremonies required to treat very sick patients can only be performed at this temple. These ceremonies involve not only the thaumaturge but a permanent group of vestal maidens who move sedately about the temple chambers in distinctive costume and headdress.

The latipso ceremonies are so harsh that it is phenomenal that a fair proportion of the really sick natives who enter the temple ever recover. Small children whose indoctrination is still incomplete have been known to resist attempts to take them to the temple because 'that is where you go to die.' Despite this fact, sick adults are not only willing but eager to undergo the protracted ritual purification, if they can afford to do so. No matter how ill the supplicant or how grave the emergency, the guardians of many temples will not admit a client if he cannot give a rich gift to the custodian. Even after one has gained admission and survived the ceremonies, the guardians will not permit the neophyte to leave until he makes still another gift.

The supplicant entering the temple is first stripped of all his or her clothes. In everyday life the Nacirema avoids exposure of his body and its natural functions. Bathing and excretory acts are performed only in the secrecy of the household shrine, where they are ritualized as part of the body-rites. Psychological shock results from the fact that body secrecy is suddenly lost upon entry into the latipso. A man, whose own wife has never seen him in an excretory act, suddenly finds himself naked and assisted by a vestal maiden while he performs his natural functions into a sacred vessel. This sort of ceremonial treatment is necessitated by the fact that the excreta are used by a diviner to ascertain the course and nature of the client's sickness. Female clients, on the other hand, find their naked bodies are subjected to the scrutiny, manipulation and prodding of the medicine men.

Few supplicants in the temple are well enough to do anything but lie on their hard beds. The daily ceremonies, like the rites of the holy-mouth-men, involve discomfort and torture. With ritual precision, the vestals awaken their miserable charges each dawn and roll them about on their beds of pain while performing ablutions, in the formal movements of which the maidens are highly trained. At other times, they insert magic wand's in the supplicant's mouth or force him to eat substances which are supposed to be healing. From time to time the medicine men come to their clients and jab magically treated needles into their flesh. The fact that these temple ceremonies may not cure, and may even kill the neophyte, in no way decreases the people's faith in the medicine men.

There remains one other kind of practitioner, known as a 'listener.' This witchdoctor has the power to exorcise the devils that lodge in the heads of people who have been bewitched. The Nacirema believe that parents bewitch their own children. Mothers are particularly suspected of putting a curse on children while teaching them the secret body rituals. The counter-magic of the witchdoctor is unusual in its lack of ritual. The patient simply tells the 'listener' all his troubles and fears, beginning with the earliest difficulties he can remember. The memory displayed by the Nacirema in these exorcism sessions is truly remarkable. It is not uncommon for the patient to bemoan the rejection he felt upon being weaned as a babe, and a few individuals even see their troubles going back to the traumatic effects of their own birth.

In conclusion, mention must be made certain practices which have their base in native esthetics but which depend upon the pervasive aversion to the natural body and its functions. There are ritual fasts to make fat people thin and ceremonial feasts to make thin people fat. Still other rites are used to make women's breast's larger if they are small, and smaller if they are large. General dissatisfaction with breast shape is symbolized in the fact that the ideal form is virtually outside the range of human variation. A few women afflicted with almost inhuman hyper-mammary development are so idolized that they make a handsome living by simply going from village to village and permitting the natives to stare at them for a fee.

Reference has already been made to the fact that excretory functions are ritualized, routinized, and relegated to secrecy. Natural reproductive functions are similarly distorted. Intercourse is taboo as a topic and scheduled as an act. Efforts are made to avoid pregnancy by the use of magical materials or by limiting intercourse to certain phases of the moon. Conception is actually very infrequent. When pregnant, women dress so as to hide their condition. Parturition takes place in secret without friends or relatives to assist, and the majority of women do not nurse their infants.

Our review of the ritual life of the Nacirema has certainly shown them to be a magic-ridden people. It is hard to understand how they have managed to exist so long under the burdens which they have imposed upon themselves. But even such exotic customs as these take on real meaning when they are viewed with the insight provided by Malinowski when he wrote:

'Looking from far and above, from our high places of safety in the developed civilization, it is easy to see all the crudity and irrelevance of magic. But without its power and guidance early man could not have mastered his practical difficulties as he has done, nor could man have advanced to the higher stages of civilization.'" [NOTE: The article also appears in The Nacirema: Readings on American Culture, 1975, edited by J. Spradley and M. Rynkiewich, pp. 10-13]


POSSIBLE QUESTIONS FOR EXAM I (20%) ON FRIDAY SEPTEMBER 22, 2006

1. Anthropology provides ______ basis for dealing with the crucial dilemmas of today's world. (a) an historical; (b) a scientific; (c) a computerized; (d) a romantic

2. Among the Yanomamo, the following took place: (a) alliances; (b) trading; (c) feasts; (d) all-of-the-above.

3. Someone has written that "You may not believe in evolution, and that is all right. How we humans came to be the way we are is far less important than...": (a) how we should act now to get out of the mess we have made for ourselves; (b) how will we create rules of descent; (c) where the next fossil finds will be found; (d) all-of-the-above.

4. Recent scientific studies continue to warn that humanity's demands on natural resources: (a) have yet to be reached; (b) are in balance with nature; (c) are reaching, or have already hit, unsustainable levels; (d) sorry: never mentioned!

5. The following has been described as forming the "spine" of Bushmen life: (a) trust; (b) peace; (c) cooperation; (d) all-of-the-above.

6. TRUE FALSE For various anthropologists, "evidence" can be tools, bones, or genes.

7. TRUE FALSE Bohannan (in S&M) discussed translation problems of Hamlet for the Tiv of Mexico.

8. TRUE FALSE Piaget sees two basic mental processes underlying all of intellectual development: He calls these processes assimilation and accomodation.

9. TRUE FALSE The concept of "silent language" consists of speaking distances, gestures, as well as smiles (and a "host of other tacit signs").

10. TRUE FALSE Australia's Aborigines may have created one of the world's oldest art forms with cave paintings and rock carvings that date back 3,000,000 years.

ALSO PLEASE REMEMBER: "Examinations are formidable even to the best prepared; for the greatest fool may ask more than the wisest man [or individual!] can answer." (Charles Colton, 1780-1832).

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FA2006TESTOne.htm by FRIDAY SEPTEMBER 15, 2006, to assist you in the examination.


MAP TO BE USED FOR EXAM I FOR FRIDAY SEPTEMBER 22, 2006.

 

AND CHECK OUT: http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/samericaquiz.html and

http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/afrquiz.html


WEEK 5: BEGINNING Monday September 18, 2006

I. EVOLUTION, HUNTERS AND GATHERERS, REVIEW AND EXAM I (20%) on Friday September 22, 2006.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"The Hunters: Scarce Resources in the Kalahari" by Richard Borshay Lee, pages 107-121.
"Eating Christmas in the Kalahari" by Richard Borshay Lee, pages 15-22.
"Shakespeare in the Bush" by Laura bohanna, pages 23-32
"Adaptive Failure: Easter's End" by Jared Diamond, pages 122-131.

III. SPECIFICS FROM DARWIN FOR BEGINNERS WILL NOT BE ON EXAM I.

III. EXAM I (20%) ON FRIDAY SEPTEMBER 22, 2006.
A
. Review all Spradley & McCurdy pages & Guidebook pages to date.
B. Map} Central and South America and Africa.
C. Map, Multiple Choice, and True/False.
D. ONCE AGAIN} A "REPEAT" OF SOME OF THE TRANSPARENCIES USED USED ON DAY 1 OF CLASS (August 21, 2006 ) IS AVAILABLE AT: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/SOSC303FA2006

IV. PLEASE REMEMBER THE "SAMPLE" EXAM QUESTIONS AND MAP BELOW (AS WELL AS THE SELF-TEST ON THE WEB).


BUSHMEN OF THE KALAHARI = "The National Geographic Society sent John Marshall [born 1934] to Botswana (he was not allowed to return to Namibia until 1978) in 1972-74 to update the film story of the Ju/'hoansi." in The Cinema of John Marshall, 1993 (Edited by Jay Ruby), p. 265.

FROM THE VIDEO: John Marshall & Kerewele Ledimo seek the village of !Kadi and ask the question "Do the people still pursue their ancient way of life and freedom of the Kalahari? ... The people I lived with in the Western Kalahari called themselves zhu twa si [the harmless people; they also call all strangers zhu dole or dangerous people]." ... "Beyond satisfying hunger, hunting confirmed kinship ties ... drawing them together. ... Kinship has always been the key to Bushmen survival."

"The Kalahari is never well watered, so the !Kung are used to long dry spells, during which they fall back on the most reliable water holes and eat a far wider range of plant foods. ... Each family creates ties with others in a system of mutual reciprocity called hxaro. Hxaro involves a balanced, continual exchange of gifts between individuals that gives both parties access to each other's resources in times of need. Hxaro relationships create strong ties of friendship and commitment. Hxaro distributes risk by giving each party an alternative residence, sometimes up to fifty to two hundred kilometers away. Each family has options when famine threatens." Brian Fagan, 1999, Floods, Famines, and Emperors: El Niño and the Fate of Civilizations, page 78.

FROM THE VIDEO: Mentions John Marshall's sister Elizabeth Marshall (who wrote a 1958 book entitled The Harmless People. "Most respected for scientific work would be Lorna Marshall, John's mother.

NOTE: John Marshall wrote that "from ÇToma (1911-1988), I learned as much about observing as I did about hunting and gathering. ÇToma taught me how to watch, listen and suspend judgement. ... ÇToma stressed the importance of telling the truth and being specific. For obvious reasons, Ju/'hoansi could not rely on magic and belief to survive in the Kalahari where rain is local and erratic, bushfoods are hard to find and the game is hard to track; arriving where water had been mistakenly reported could be fatal. Knowledge had to be extensive, objective and accurate [STRESS added]." The Cinema of John Marshall, 1993 (Edited by Jay Ruby) pp. 34-35.

From: The Harmless People: the Bushmen knows "every bush and stone, every convolution of the ground, and have usually named every place in it where a certain kind of valid food may be. ... If all their knowledge about their land and its resources were recorded and published, it would make up a library of thousands of volumes. Such knowledge was as essential to early man as it is to these people. ... They have no chiefs or kings, only headmen who in function are virtually indistinguishable from the people they lead, and sometimes a band will not even have a headman. A leader is not really necessary, however, because the Bushmen roam about together in small family bands rarely numbering more than twenty people. ... Their culture insists that they share with each other, and it has never happened that a Bushmen failed to share objects, food, or water with the other members of his band, for without very rigid co-operation Bushmen could not survive the famines and droughts that the Kalahari offers them. ... Trust, peace, and cooperation form the spine of Bushmen life. ... By maintaining these three virtues, Bushmen live where otherwise people might not [stress added]."

"Peaceful cooperation, that's the key." (Sir Nicholas de Mimsy-Porpington - also known as Nearly Headless Nick} J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 209.

NOTE: John Marshall wrote that "In order to understand the problems Ju'hoansi have faced in the last thirty years, and the changes in their economy and society they have endured, it is important to know where they started from. But people do not start from scratch; the invisible reality of history shapes their present and future [STRESS added]." The Cinema of John Marshall, 1993 (Edited by Jay Ruby), p. 64.

FROM THE VIDEO: "We discussed not the past but the new problems of life on the reservations. ... Their concern was with the future: I wondered how long their past would remain in living history."

FROM THE VIDEO: On Bushmen rock paintings} points out that "theory says such handprints are signatures or magical signs." ... "They had so little except a great knowledge of their environment. ... culture was intangible knowledge, tradition, values: his [musical] compositions were its living record--easily swept away." ... A Bushman states that "I left the desert long ago because of thirst. My father is dead, my people scattered. I am here because there was nowhere else to go. I don't remember my father's music: why should I?"

"With one of the highest concentrations of rock art in the world, Tsodilo has been called the "Louvre of the Desert". Over 4,500 paintings are preserved in an area of only 10 sq. km of the Kalahari Desert. The archaeological record of the area gives a chronological account of human activities and environmental changes over at least 100,000 years. Local communities in this hostile environment respect Tsodilo as a place of worship frequented by ancestral spirits [stress added]."http://whc.unesco.org/sites/1021.htm [Tsodilo} Botswana, 2001]

FROM THE VIDEO: "Their lives depended as they always had, on what women could gather." ... "..killing so efficiently [now] instead of an act of kinship...." "...the people were dependent on their future on an ancient engine and a four-inch pipe."

"The Bushmen are the original people of southern Africa. (The equivalent words 'Bushmen' and "San' both have derogatory connotations, but no other terms for this group of people are available, and many of them prefer 'Bushmen' because of its association with the land.) Their ancestors have lived here for tens of thousands of years, perhaps for more than 100,000 years. Over that time the Bushmen developed a way of living in harmony with each other and with the land. They took what they needed for the present while ensuring that enough remained for the future. They built elaborate social networks through marriages, alliances, and trade. They left many thousands of painting on rock walls scattered across souther Africa. But over the last few millennia, other groups have encroached on their homelands. Somewhat more than 1,000 years ago, groups of farmers and herers who were taller and had darker skin began to push into souther Africa from the north. Gradually the Bushmen either mixed with the invaders or retreated into less productive lands. Then, in the 1600s and 1700s, Dutch farmers began to spread north from the Cape of Good Hope. Although the Bushmen and their neighbors fought desperately to stop the settlers, gradually the Europeans prevailed [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering the Past Through Our Genes (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company), pages 12-13.

"The list of female inventors includes dancers, farmers, nuns, secretaries, actresses, shopkeepers, housewives, military officers, corporate executives, schoolteachers, writers, seamstresses, refugees, royalty, and little kids. All kinds of people can and do invent. The idea that one's gender somehow precludes the possibility of pursuing any technological endeavor is not only outdated but also dangerous. In the words of 1977 Nobel Prize winner [in Physiology/Medicine] Rosalyn Yallow: 'The world cannot afford the loss of the talents of half of its people if we are to solve the many problems which beset us [stress added].'" Ethlie Ann Vare and Greg Ptacek, 1987, Mothers of Invention: From the Bra to the Bomb, Forgotten Women and Their Unforgettable Ideas, page 17.

"The shrinking of the world makes mutual understanding and respect on the part of different peoples imperative. The subtle diversities in the view of life of various peoples, their expectancies and images of themselves and of others, the differing psychological attitudes underlying their contrasting political institutions, and their generally differing 'psychological nationality' all combine to make it more difficult for nations to understand each other. It is the anthropologist's duty to point out that these 'mental' forces have just as tangible effect as physical forces [stress added]." Clyde Kluckhohn, 1949, Mirror For Man: The Relation of Anthropology To Modern Life (page 273).

"Until about 10,000 years ago, everyone in the world survived by hunting and gethering wild foods. They lived in intimate association with their natural environments and employed a complex variety of strategies to forage for food and other necessities of life [stress added]." [The Hunters: Scarce Resources in the Kalahari. Richard B. Lee, 1968, in Man The Hunter)

"...an unwitting or a deliberate bias in time perspective. The evaluations about which we hear most have been made by Western Europeans and their colonial descendants. The date is the present, when the star of the Occident is in its ascendancy and its followers have made themselves the masters and arbiters of the lifeways of the people with whom they compare themselves. It might, of course, be argued on the Darwinian principle of the survival of the fittest that this ascendancy is proof of racial superiority, except that it is a relatively recent phenomenon that is not correlated with any demonstrable change in the biological composition of Europeans a generation prior to A.D. 1492. The truth is that a European mastery of large parts of the globe has been due more to the possession of gunpowder and iron--both non-European inventions--than to racial superiority. Comparisons dating from the period just before the destructive effects of Western civilization made themselves felt would be more justifiable. Our historical records contain many illustrations of the fact that Europe then was not much in advance of many other parts of the world that were conquered by its representatives. When Cortez reached the Aztec city of Tenochtitlàn in 1519, he and his men were understandably astonished by the artistic, industrial, and governmental achievements of its builders [stress added]." H.G. Barnett, 1953, Innovation: The Basis of Cultural Change, page 30.

"Bushmen Squeeze Money From a Humble Cactus.... From a desert weed known as hoodia, one of the world's oldest and least developed peoples hopes to enjoy its first taste of prosperity. The San have suched on hoodia for generations, principally to raise their energy and fight hunger during long hunting trips. Now, Pfizer, the international pharmaceutical giant, has begun work on an appetite suppresant from the plant, and agreed to share the profits. The deal, which includes the government, is considered a landmark in the field of inernational property rights [stress added]." Ginger Thompson, 2003, The New York Times, April 1, 2003, page A4.

"N!xau, the diminutive Bushman catapulted from the remote sand-swept reaches of the Kalahari Desert to international stardom in the film 'The Gods Must Be Crazy' has died, police office said Saturday [July 5, 2003]. He was estimated to have been about 59.... "The Gods Must Be Crazy' became a worldwide hit and a top grossing foreign film after its release in 1980. ... N!xau starred in several sequely before returning to the familiarity of life as a herdsman raising cattle and vegetables in the Namibian bush." Tangeni Amupadhl, 2003, The Sacramento Bee, July 6, 2003, page B7.

"In the age of information, survival still depends on hunters and gatherers. In that modern day tribe called a corporation, it's still the survival of the fittest. And in the treacherous nineties, the fittest will certainly be the best informed. So making it safely--and prosperously--through the next quarter may well depend on having a plentiful supply of the news and information business feeds on." [Paid Advertisement for the Dow Jones Information Services in The Wall Street Journal, August 19, 1991.


WEEK 6: BEGINNING Monday September 25, 2006

I. CHARLES DARWIN ( February 12,1809 - April 19, 1882), "DARWINISM" AND CONTROVERSIES.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. WRITING ASSIGNMENT #2 INSTRUCTION: PART OF CLASS PRESENTATIONS (that BEGIN WEEK #12, November 6, 2006) and which will be DUE Friday December 8, 2006 [10%], the last day of class.

III. PLEASE SEE THE LIST OF CONCEPTS AT THE END OF THE INFORMATION FOR THIS WEEK (after the Darwin Information): #1} How would YOU "explain" one concept to a classroom of young people? #2} How would you "explain" one concept to a group of your peers (or relatives or friends)?

A. Exam II (25%) occurs on Friday November 3, 2006 and BEGINNING on Monday November 6, 2006 (Week #12) we will have a "panel" discussion (or individual presentations) every day for the rest of semester.

B. You must have a one-page handout on YOUR presentation to distribute to your classmates on YOUR presentation day.]

C. Please remember the information on "Participation / Paper Presentation" below.

D. YOUR second Writing Assignment (10%) IS DUE on Friday December 8, 2006. THIS WILL CONSIST of your one-page handout to the class and a brief (one-or-two page) essay on your topic and Social Science.

E. Remember, the University is closed Friday November 10, 2006 (Veteran's Day observed).

F. Also, there will be no SOSC 303-1 class on Friday November 17, 2006 (American Anthropological Association Meetings in San Jose, California).

IV. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Using Anthropology" by David W. McCurdy, pages 422-435.

V. BY FRIDAY SEPTEMBER 29, 2006 YOU SHOULD HAVE FINISHED Darwin For Beginners.

"The destruction of the literal interpretation of the Bible was accomplished by twin European intellectual movements, in science and history. The scientific movement was started by Sir Charles Lyell [1797-1895] and other geologists who were puzzled to explain the existence of the strata of the earth if it had been created in seven days: the tragic suicide in 1856 of the great amateur geologist and Free Church journalist Hugh Miller [1802-1856] has been supposed to be connected with his inability to reconcile his scientific knowledge with his belief in Genesis. Although it was Charles Darwin's [1809-1882] theory of biological evolution which most famously eroded a fundamentalist reading of the Bible and caught the popular imagination in the following decades, the subjection of the Bible to higher criticism on historical grounds which began in Germany in the middle of the century was no less damaging to the old simplicities. The first scholars influenced by the German school began to hold positions of power in Scottish theological colleges from the 1860s. .. William Robertson Smith [1846-1894], was expelled from his chair in the Free Church College at Aberdeen [Scotland] for suggesting that the Pentateuch might have been written by different hands: he withdrew to Cambridge Universty and pursued his interests in Oriental languages and relative cultures, to become, in due course, one of the founding fathers of modern anthropology [stress added]." T.C. Smout, 1986, A Century of the Scottish People: 1830-1950 (New Haven: Yale University Press), pages 193-194.

AGAIN, "He was an Englishman who went on a five-year voyage when he was young and then retired to a house in the country, not far from London. He wrote an account of his voyage, and then he wrote a book setting down his theory of evolution, based on a process he called natural selection, a theory that provided the foundation for modern biology. He was often ill and never left England again [stress added]." John P. Wiley, Jr., 1998, Expressions: The Visible Link. Smithsonian, June, pages 22-24, page 22.

WORDS CONCERNING CHARLES R. DARWIN: "As a writer, too, he discovered unplumbed depths. His voice was in turn dazzling, persuasive, friendly, humble, and dark. Hardly daring to hope he might initiate a transformation in scientific thought, he nevertheless rose magnificently to the occasion. Being stuck in Down house was the best thing that could have happened to him. Pleasingly localised as his book was in manner, it reached out across national and chronological boundaries. His imagination soared beyond the confines of his house and garden, beyond his debilitating illnesses and the fragile health of his children. At his most determined, he questioned everything his contemporaries believed about living nature, calling forth a picture of origins completely shorn of the garden of Eden. He abandoned the image of a heavenly clockmaker patiently constructing living being to occupy the earth below. He dismissed what John Herschel [1792-1871] devoutly called the 'mystery of mysteries.' Darwin's book implicitly laid claim to Adam and Eve, as time and again he showed how nature was cruel and full of blunders. The natural world has no moral validity or purpose, he argued. Animals and plants are not the product of special design or special creation. 'I am fully convinced that species are not immutable,' he stated in the opening pages. No one could afterwards regard organic beings and their natural setting with anything like the same eyes as before. Nor could anyone fail to notice the way that Darwin's biology mirrored the British way of life in all its competetive, entrepreneurial, facroty spirit, or that his appeal to natural law unmistakebly contributed to the general push towards secularisation and supported the claims of science to understand the world in its own terms. As well as rewriting the story of life, he was telling the tale of the rise of science in Victorian Britain [stress added]." Janet Browne, 2002, Charles Darwin: The Power Of Place (Volume II of a Biography) (NY: Alfred A. Knopf), page 55.

"The Galapagos Island finches once studied by Charles Darwin respond quickly to changes in food supply by evolving new beaks and body sizes, according to researchers who studied the birds for almost 30 years. Starting in 1973, husband-and-wife researchers Peter and Rosemary grant of Princeton University have followed the evolutionary changes in two types of birds, the ground finch and the cactus finch, on Daphne Major, one of the Galapagos islands. In a study appearing today in the Journal Science, the Grants report that climate and weather have a dramatic effect on the evolutionary path the finches follow. Ground finches most eat small seeds, and their beaks have adapted to that purpose. When the weather turned dry in 1977, most of the plants that produce small seeds on Daphne Major were killed, leaving little food for finches with modest beaks. Most died off, but some ground finches with bigger, stronger beaks survived [stress added]." Anon., 2002, Finches Shown To Be Able to Change. The Chico Enterprise-Record, April 26, 2002, page 11A.

"Myths are part of our culture, and Darwin certainly has become part of a commonly promulgated myth. Some college textbooks, naive nature films, and popular writings about biology tend to present a picture of Darin on the Galápagos not unlike the stroy of Isaac Newton [1642-1727] and the famous apple tree. ... in Darwin's case, the myth would have us believe, [Darwin] spent a few days on a remote volcanic archipelago abouninding in odd birds and reptiles, experienced a sudden and dramatic intellectual metamorphosis, and realized that these creatures must have evolved and not been separately created. ... Darwin did not become an evolutionist while on the Galápagos, nor even during the Beagle voyage. It was not until he was safely back in England and began the serious work of compiling and interpreting his numerous specimens that he became an evolutionist. ... It was not until he had returned to his native England and consulted with a prominent ornithologist named John Gould [1804-1881] that he fully embraced the truth of evolution [stress added]." John Kricher, 2002, Galápagos (Smithsonian Institution Press), pages 41-42.

"Louis Agasiz [1807-1873], leading naturalist of the United States, founder of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard University, world authority on ichthyology, and ardent opponent of Darwin's [1809-1882] theories regarding evolution, visited the Galápagos for nine days in June of 1872, almost a half century after Darwin. For those who naively believe that a visit to the Galápagos Archipelago will automatically convert them to a belief in evolution, Douglas [David Douglas, 1799-1835} noted botanist who was in the Galápagos in 1825] and Agassiz proved otherwise. In fairness, however, Agassiz visited the Galápagos only one year before his death at the age of sixty-six. Unlike Darwin, who was young and vigorous, and whose mind was still highly maleable when he explored the islands, Agassiz was frail, and his beliefs were more than a little firmly entrenched. He had very little to say in print concerning his impressions of the islands, though he did suggest in one weakly argued letter to a friend that his views concerning the truth of creationism were not shaken by seeing the Galápagos flora and fauna [stress added]." John Kricher, 2002, Galápagos (Smithsonian Institution Press), pages 12-13.

VI. ONE CONTROVERSY: The "Scopes Trial" of July 1925 in Dayton, Tennessee:

On Clarence Darrow (1857-1938): "He had a tremendous lust for life, yet he came about as close to living according to the Sermon on the Mount as could any man trying to earn his way in a competetive world. He was a man with all the faults, shortcomings and inadequacies of a man, but he was a civilized human being in that he could not endure to see his fellow human being suffer. His quarrel had never been with religion itself but with those creeds which turned their backs on education and science; his quarrel with these forms of worship was on the ground that they operated against the welfare of their own people." Irving Stone, Clarence Darrow: For The Defense (NY: Bantam), page 275.

from: The World's Most Famous Court Trial: Tennessee Evolution Case (1925) (1990 Reprint Edition published by Bryan College, Dayton, Tennessee), page 87; the court transcript points out that Clarence Darrow said: "If today you can take a thing like evolution and make it a crime to teach it in the public school, tomorrow you can make it a crime to teach it in the private schools, and the next year you can make it a crime to teach it to the hustings or in the church. At the next session you may ban books and the newspapers. Soon you may set Catholic against Protestant and Protestant against Protestant, and try to foist your own religion upon the minds of men. If you can do one you can do the other. Ignorance and fanaticism is ever busy and needs feeding. Always it is feeding and gloating for more. Today it is the public school teachers, tomorrow the preachers and the lecturers, the magazines, the books, the newspapers. After while, your honor, it is the setting of man against man and creed against creed until with flying banners and beating drums we are marching backward to the glorious ages of the sixteenth century when bigots lighted fagots to burn the men who dared to bring any intelligence and enlightenment and culture to the human mind [stress added]."

"An agnostic is a doubter. The word is generally applied to those who doubt the verity of accepted religious creeds or faiths. Everyone is an agnostic as to the beliefs or creeds they do not accept. Catholics are agnostic to the Protestant creeds, and the Protestants are agnostic to the Catholic creed. Anyne who thinks is an agnostic about something, otherwise he [or she!] must believe that he is possessed of all knowledge. And the proper place for such a person is in the madhouse or the home for the feeble-minded. In a popular way, in the Western world, an agnostic is one who doubts or disbelieves the main tenets of the Christian faith [stress added]." Clarence Darrow [1857-1938], 1994, Why I Am an Agnostic and Other Essays (NY: Prometheus Books), page 11.

VII. CURRENT CONTROVERSIES

"Three scientists, two of them Roman Catholic biologists, have asked Pope Benedict XVI to clarify the church's position on evolution in light of recent statements by Cardinal Christoph Schönborn, an influential theologian, that the modern theory of evolution may be incompatible with Catholic faith [stress added]." Cornelia Dean, 2005, Scientists Ask pope For Clarification On Evolution Stance. The New York Times, July 13, 2005, page A18.

"Creationism is evolving. Several new varieties of creationism have appeared recently and are competing to stake out a niche in the intellectual landscape [stress added]." Robert T. Pennock, 1999, Tower of Babel: The Evidence Against the New Creationism (MIT Press), page 1.

" Mr.[Karl] Rove understands what surveys have shown, that many more Americans believe in the Virgin Birth than in Darwin's theory of evolution [stress added]." Garry Wills, 2004, The Day the Enlightenment Went Out, The New York Times, November 4, 2004, page A31.

"A parent's request that Roseville high schools teach ideas that rebut Darwin's theory of evolution could set the stage for debate over what critics call the newest version of creationism. When Roseville Joint Union High School District trustees took the first step toward approving a new biology textbook earlier this month, parent Larry Caldwell asked that supplementary materials be taught in conjunction with the text, which, like most biology books, presents the theory of evolution to explain the origins of life. ... Caldwell said he would like to work with district officials in gathering educational materials that present a theory called 'intelligent design.' ... Intelligent design proponents say natural selection doesn't adequately explain the complexity of the universe. Instead, they say, life is the product of a directed process with intention [stress added]." Laurel Rosen, 2003, Darwin faces a new rival. The Sacramento Bee, June 22, 2003, page B1 + B3.

"Intelligent Design (ID) Theory. Why Intelligent Design Fails is a patient assessment of all the scientific claims made in connection with ID. The half dozen science-enabled spokesmen for ID are the indispensable core group of an international neo-creationist big tent. Goals of the American movement are sweeping: they begin with a highly visible, well-funded, nationwide effort to demean evolutionary science in American school (K-12) curricula. ID is offered as a better alternative. The hoped-for result is the addition of ID to, or even its substitution for, the teaching of evolution. Which would mean substituting early 19 th-century nature study for modern biology. The admitted ultimate goal of the ID movement is to topple natural science (they berate it as materialism) from its pedestal in Western culture and to replace it with theistic science. ... The creationist position, especially this newest form of it, is pure Hollywood: There is No Such Thing As Bad Publicity. That this view is held by the ID leadership is fully documented in several recent studies of the movement. Thus, almost any careful examination of ID by qualified scientists, mathematicians, and philosophers especially by those with strong credentials in evolution or cosmologyis likely to be advertised by ID publicists as proof of the scientific importance of ID. Any non-polemical response to it is described to the mass audience for anti-evolution as showing the revolutionary truth of ID, the fear and trembling it causes among Darwinists. That a few dedicated scientists take the trouble to answer ID theory in detail is regularly adduced in ID books, editorials, opinion columns, talk shows, dedicated internet sites, and in a growing numbers of activist student organizations around the country as signaling the collapse of Darwinism. The contributors to Why Intelligent Design Fails (WIDF) have risked being so used. But they decided, evidently, to accept this risk. They decided to examine every supposedly scientific (or mathematical, or epistemological) claim of ID, patiently, in detail, and to offer only those conclusions about the value of ID science if any that emerge clearly in the individual critiques and from their totality. Whether this risk was justified will be known only if and when the book is widely read, and then responded to (as inevitably it will be) at those many creationist web sites, meetings, talk shows, conferences, and clubs. If they do no more than to denounce the book and disparage its authors (as they began to do the day it was listed on Amazon.com), WIDF will have succeeded. If instead they proclaim it evidence for the scientific muscle of ID theory, the tables will, at least to some extent, have been turned. But about the quality of the critiques in this book, and of the totality, there is no doubt. This is honest, technically competent patient inquiry; the critique of the newest form of creation science is devastating [stress added]." Paul Gross, 2004, Book Review, e-Skeptic #40 for October 29, 2004.

"Americans are divided in their assessment of Charles Darwin's theory of evolution, according to a poll by Gallup. 35 per cent of respondents say the British naturalist's views are supported by evidence, while 35 per cent disagree. Darwin's 'The Origin of Species' was first published in 1859. The book details the naturalist's theory that all organisms gradually evolve through the process of natural selection. Darwin's views were antagonistic to creationism, the belief that a more powerful being or a deity created life. In the United States, the debate accelerated after the 1925 Scopes trial, which tested a law that banned the teaching of evolution in Tennessee public schools. 45 per cent of poll respondents today say God created human beings in their present form. Earlier this year, Georgia's Cobb County was at the centre of a controversy on whether science textbooks that explain evolutionary theory should include disclaimer stickers. ... Methodology: Telephone interviews with 1,016 American adults, conducted from Nov. 7 to Nov. 10, 2004. Margin of error is 3 per cent [stress added]." CPOD [Centre for Public Opinion & Democracy, The University of British Columbia], 20 November 2004. Evolution, Creationism Still Splits Views In U.S. From: http://www.cpod.ubc.ca/polls/index.cfm?fuseaction=viewItem&itemID=5108.

"Missing Links provides readers with a compendium of scientific evidence of extinct organisms, or 'missing links,' that bridge the evolutionary gaps between primordial species and modern life. The book introduces newcomers to the field of evolutionary science with an accessible discussion of basic scientific practices, rock and fossil dating techniques, and schools of classification. Readers are then ushered through a fascinating array of examples of evolutionary transition at all chronological and geographical scales, from the ultimate origins of life on Earth to the morphological changes that readers will observe during their lifetimes. Offering a lucid primer on evolutionary science, as well as a series of case studies and fossil histories in support of evolutionary theory, Missing Links serves as an ideal short introduction to evolution for students and general readers [stress added]. Michael Shermer, 2004, Book Notice, e-Skeptic #40 for October 29, 2004.
DO CHECK OUT: http://www.ncseweb.org/ [National Center for Science Organization] and

http://www.darwinday.org/ [Darwin Day Organization]


NOTES ON Charles Darwin, born 12 Feb 1809 and died on 18 April 1882. Buried in Westminster Abbey, London, England. (You may also wish to read a bit more about Darwin: a "dossier," the "classroom" as well as some "folklore" which may be viewed by clicking here: ESSAY #5, ESSAY #6, & ESSAY #7 at the end of this printed Guidebook.)

"In the complex history of modern biology, only Darwin's theory of evolution has so shocked the mind as to raise serious questions about man's place in the universe. Darwin forced men to consider that they are animals, and that the designs of creation are played out on a much wider stage than was imagined. From the point of view of the theory of evolution, mankind is only one species among thousands which have their place within the field of organic life on earth. The fact that people took the theory of evolution as an enemy of religion only shows how rigidly they understood the idea of God [stress added]." Jacob Needleman, 1975, A Sense of the Cosmos: The Encounter of Modern Science and Ancient Truth (NY: Doubleday & Co., Inc.), page 64.

"The [1937] Hungarian Nobel Prize winner [in Physiology/Medicine], Szent-Györgyi [von Nagyrapolt], once said that a scientist should see what everybody else has seen and then think what nobody has thought. Nobody did this better than Charles Darwin, who first realized that the evolution of life took place by Natural Selection. Darwin taught us all to see more clearly what everyone had seen, and Darwin also taught us to think, along with him, what no one else had thought. No branch of science is more dominated by a single theory, by a single great idea, than is the whole of biology by the idea of evolution by Natural Selection [stress added]." J. Livingston and L. Sinclair, 1967, Darwin and the Galapagos.

FROM: USA Today, January 4, 1999: "The idea was simple. Sit around and pick the 1,000 most important people of the millenium. ... [#1] Johannes Gutenberg (1394?-1468) Inventor of printing.... [#5] William Shakespeare (1564-1616) 'Mirror of the millennium's soul'.... [#6] Isaac Newton (1642-1727) Laws of motion helped propel the Age of Reason.... [#7] Charles Darwin (1809-1882) Theory of Evolution [stress added]." From the book by Barbara and Brent Bowers & Agnes Hooper Gottlieb and Henry Gottlieb, 1998, 1,000 People: Ranking The Men And Women Who Shaped The Millennium. In 1859 Darwin published On The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection or the Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life. Please note the changes Darwin made in the SIX editions of the same volume during his lifetime (as calculated by Morse Peckham [Editor], 1959, The Origin Of Species By Charles Darwin: A Variorum Text). Darwin re-wrote every-single-edition and all are different! The reason it is important to point out the various editions of Origin is demonstrated by the following chart; the concept of change is definitely vital to an understanding of Darwin, whether you are reading Darwin himself or reading about him and I include the following tabular information on Darwin's Origin in virtually everything I write that deals with this gifted individual:

THE VARIOUS EDITIONS FROM 1859-1872:

YEAR/Ed.
COPIES
Sentences
Sentences
Sentences
TOTAL
% CHANGE
1859/1st
1,250

3,878

1860/2nd
3,000
9 eliminated
483 rewritten
30 added
3,899
7 %
1861/3rd
2,000
33 eliminated
617 rewritten
266 added
4,132
14 %
1866/4th
1,500
36 eliminated
1073 rewritten
435 added
4,531
21 %
1869/5th
2,000
178 eliminated
1770 rewritten
227 added
4,580
29 %
1872/6th
3,000
63 eliminated
1699 rewritten
571 added
5,088
21-29 %

In the 5th edition of 1869, Darwin used (for the first time) the famous phrase (borrowed from Herbert Spencer [1820-1903]): "Survival of the Fittest." In the 6th edition of 1872, "On" was dropped from the title. In the 1st edition of 1859, Darwin only had the following phrase about human beings: "In the distant future I see open fields for far more important researches. Psychology will be based on a new foundation, that of the necessary acquirement of each mental power and capacity by gradation. Light will be thrown on the origin of man and his history." In the 2nd edition of 1860 Darwin wrote the following:

"Thus, from the war of nature, from famine and death, the most exalted object which we are capable of conceiving, namely, the production of the higher animals, directly follows. There is a grandeur in this view of life, with its several powers, having been originally breathed by the Creator [stress added] into a few forms or into one; and that, whilst this planet has gone cycling on according to the fixed law of gravity, from so simple a beginning endless forms most beautiful and most wonderful have been, and are being evolved."

INCIDENTALLY, in his 1839 publication The Voyage Of The Beagle, Darwin wrote the following:

"Among the scenes which are deeply impressed on my mind, none exceed in subliminity the primeval forests undefaced by the hand of man; whether those of Brazil, where the powers of Life are predominant, or those of Tierra del Fuego, where Death and Decay prevail. Both are temples filled with the varied productions of the God of Nature:--no one can stand in these solitudes unmoved, and not feel that there is more in man than the mere breath of his body [STRESS added]" 1839, page 436.

"The great value of Darwinism, it seems to me, was that it jolted modern men into questioning various sentimental beliefs about nature and man's place in it. In this, Darwin's influence closely parallels that of Galileo [1564-1642]. Just as the first modern astronomers and physicists destroyed a naive geocentrism, so Darwin and his successorsoverwhelmingly displaced what may be called homocentrism, the belief that nature exists for the sake of man [stress added]." Jacob Needleman, 1975, A Sense of the Cosmos: The Encounter of Modern Science and Ancient Truth (NY: Doubleday & Co., Inc.), page 72.

AND PLEASE CONSIDER the words of the Pulitzer Prize Winner (1940) and Nobel Prize Winner (1962) John Steinbeck (1902-1968) on Charles R. Darwin: "In a way, ours is the older method, somewhat like that of Darwin on the Beagle. He was called a 'naturalist'. He wanted to see everything, rocks and flora and fauna; marine and terrestrial. We came to envy this Darwin on his sailing ship. He had so much room and so much time. ... This is the proper pace for a naturalist. Faced with all things he [or she] cannot hurry. We must have time to think and to look and to consider [stress added]." John Steinbeck, 1951, The Log From The Sea of Cortez [1967 printing: Pan Books: London], page 123.

"Biologists do not accept the truth of evolution on the basis of Darwin's authority but on the basis of the evidence. Evolutionary theory has been out of Darwin's hands from the moment The Origin of Species appeared in 1859. Once Darwin published his evolutionary hypotheses and the evidence upon which they were based, these entered the public domain of knowledge, and others took the ball and ran with it. Scientific knowledge is not 'owned' by any individual so no individual, even the discoverer, can 'take back' a theory [stress added]. Robert T. Pennock, 1999, Tower of Babel: The Evidence Against the New Creationism (MIT Press), page 71.

"Science evolves over historical time. Concepts come into being and may pass away; some 'survive' and others do not; and there can be competition between ideas. Some win; others lose; still others get transformed (evolve) into new forms. Is this evolution of science illuminated by natural selection theory? [stress added]." Holmes Rolston, III, 1999, Genes, Genesis and God: Values and Their Origins in Natural and Human History (Cambridge University Press), page 168.

"He [Charles Darwin] believed that the natural world was the result of constantly repeated small and accumulative actions, a lesson he had first learned when reading Lyell's Principles of Geology [1830] board the Beagle and had put to work ever since. ... No one, not even Lyell [1797-1875] himself, or any of Darwin's closest friends and supporters, accepted as ardently as Darwin that the book of nature was about the accumulative powers of the small [stress added]." Janet Browne, 2002, Charles Darwin: The Power of Place - Volume II of a Biography (NY: Alfred A. Knopf), page 490.

"All the theory of natural selection says is the following. If within a species there is variation among individuals in their hereditary traits, and some traits are more conducive to survival and reproduction than others, then those traits will (obviously) become more widespread within the population. The result (obviously) is that the species' aggregate pool of hereditary traits changes. And there you have it [stress added]." Robert Wright, 1994, The Moral Animal (NY: Pantheon Books), page 23.

http://darwin.ws/day/ [Darwin Day Home Page]
http://www.galapagos.org/cdf.htm [Charles Darwin Foundation, Inc.]
http://www.aboutdarwin.com/ [About Darwin.com]
http://www.gruts.demon.co.uk/darwin/index.htm [The Friends of Charles Darwin Home Page]
wysiwyg://5/http://www.iexplore.com/multimedia/galapagos.jhtml [The Galápagos Islands!]
http://www.natcenscied.org [The National Center for Science Education]
http://www.darwinawards.com/ [Official Darwin Awards} "...showing us just how uncommon common sense can be." Wendy Northcutt, 2000, The Darwin Awards: Evolution in Action (Dutton).


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION (or only "some CURRENT INFORMATION" for Fall 2006):

"The difficulty is that modern human beings no longer directly perceive the world they live in and whose conditions affect them." James Burke and Robert Ornstein, 1995, The Axemaker's Gift: A Double-Edged History of Human Culture, page 280.

"Climate change is already occurring, and immediate steps are needed to both slow it down and adapt to the changes that will occur anyway, scientists said Tuesday [June 15, 2004]." Anon., 2004, Climate really is changing, scientists say. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 16, 2004, page A9.

"For the second year in a row, the cloak of sea ice on the Arctic Ocean failed to grow to its normal winter expanse, scientists said yesterday [March 14, 2006]. The finding led some climate experts to predict a record expansion of open water this summer [stress added]." Andrew C. Revekin, 2006, Ice Shortfall in Arctic for 2nd Year Raises Fear of a Wider Melting. The New York Times, March 15, 2006, page A12.

"Glaciers and ice sheets on opposite ends of the Earth are melting faster than previously thought and could cause sea levels around the world to rise as much as 13 to 20 feet by the end of the century, scientists are reporting today. If the researchers' estimates are correct, a rise in ocean waters projected by the new studies not only would down many of the low-lying inhabited atolls and islands that are already endangered by rising ocean waters, it would also affect coastal cities and harbors on every continent [stress added]." David Perlman, Sea Levels Rising As Polar Ice Melts. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 24, 2006, page A1 + A17, page A1.

"The warming of the world during the past century is greater--and more widespread--than any other shift in the global climate in the past 1,200 years, researchers reported Thursday [9 February 2006]. The analysis of data from tree rings, fossil shells, ice cores and actual temperature measurements from 14 locations on three continents shows that the current warming trend is the most extensive change--warm or cold--since the time of the Vikings....Many scientists predict the warming will increase if man-made releases of carbon dioxide gases are not curbed [stress added[." Mike Toner, World warming at historic rate. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 10, 2006, pager A6.

"Top political apointees in the NASA press office exerted strong pressure during the 2004 presidential campaign to cut the flow of news releases on glaciers, climate, pollution and other earth sciencs, public affairs officers at the agency say [stress added]." Andrew levin, 2006, Call for Openess at NASA Adds to Reports of Pressure. The New York Times, February 16, 2006, Page A16.

"Scientists working for the chromium industry withheld data about the metal's health risks while the industry campaigned to block new limits on the cancer-causing chemical, a scientific journal report publioshed Thursday [February 23, 2006] said [stress added]." Anon., 2006, Chromium cover-up alleged. The Sacramento Bee, February 24, 2006, page A5.

"New research on the health effects of air pollution showed for the first time that tiny airborne soot particles such as those produced by power plants and diesel engines can be directly linked to certain types of heart disease [stress added]." John J. Fialka, 2003, Study Links Soot to Heart Disease. The Wall Street Journal, December 16, 2003, page D7.

"Deaths from sooty smog in California may be more than twice as high as previously estimated....Currently, state officials estimaye 9,000 Californians die annually [~24/day] from diseases caused or aggravated by air pollution, more than half of them in Southern California [stress added]." Janet Wilson, Smog Toll May Soar: L.A. area's sooty-air deaths underestimated, study indicates. The Sacramento Bee, March 26, 2006, pages A3 + A4, page A3.

"Dozens of factories in Contra Costa County's industrial belt contain dangerous amounts of hazardous materials, but county officials said Wednesday that they have not determined how many have backup generators to avoid potential disaster when blackouts hit this summer. It is a major concern in the county with the highest amount of hazardous materials per capita in California...[stress added]." Joe Garofoli and Pia Sarkar, 2001, Chemical Leak Waves Red Flag in Contra Costa. The San Francisco Chronicle, May 4, 2001, page A19 and A21, page A19.

"Recent scientific studies continue to warn that humanity's demands on natural resources are reaching, or have already hit, unsustainable levels." Otis Port, 2002, Business Week, July 15, 2002, page 91.

"...increased water consumption is healthy, doctors say. But the bottles aren't. Last year, more than 93 billion plastic water containers wound up in U.S. landfills. Laid end-to-end, that's enough bottles to: Reach the moon and back 38 times; Circle the equator 371 times; Stretch the lkength of the world's longest river, the Nile, 2,222 times; Line Interstate 80 from New York to San Francisco 3,196 times; Span the length of California 11,566 times [stress added]." Anon., 2003, Water bottles bloat landfills. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 15, 2003, page A21 + A25, page A21.

"There are so many, many ways in which we are destroying the planet. And once we understand, once we care, then we have to do something." Jane Goodall (with Gary McAvoy and Gail Hudson), 2005, Harvest for Hope: A Guide to Mindful Eating (NY: Warner Books), page xix.

"In just 50 years, the global spread of industrial-scale commercial fishing has cut by 90 percent the oceans' population of largre predatory fishes....'With all this technology together, the fish hardly have a chance' [stress added]." Andrew C. Revkin,. 2003, Commercial Fleets Slashed Stocks Of Big Fish by 90%, Study Says. The New York Times, May 15, 2003, pages A1 + A12, page A1.

"The average person now changes jobs 8.6 times between the ages of 18 and 32, according to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Such upheavals in the labor market have forced colleges to adapt....[stress added]." Emily Bazar, 1999, Number of Students Over 40 Soaring At College Campuses. The Sacramento Bee, August 24, 1999, pages 1 and page A10, page 1.

"The United States economy is finally getting stronger, but there seems to be one unsettling weakness: the apparent wholesale flight of technology jobs like computer programming and technical support to lower-cost nations, led by India. The trend is typically described in ungainly terms--as 'offshore outsourcing' or 'offshoring.' But that rhetorical hurdle has done nothing to lessen the recent public debate and expressions of angst over this kind of job migration [stress added]." Steve Lohr, 2003, Offshore Jobs In Technology: Opportunity Or a Threat? The New York Times, December 22, 2003, pages C1 + C6, page C1.

"Medicine has caught up to Hollywood: The government approved a tiny camera in a capsule Wednesday [August 1, 2001] that patients can swallow to give doctors a close-up view of their small intestine. The camera painlessly winds its way through the digestive tract, using wireless technology to beam back color pictures of the gut. ... Doctors who wish to use the video pill will have to buy a $20,000 computer workstation; each capsule is $450 [stress added]." The Associated Press, 2001, FDA Approves Camera Pills To Diagnose Intestinal Ills. The Sacramento Bee, August 2, 2001, page A17.

"Think about it: Computer chips can go into Band-Aid-like devices that sit on your skin and monitor your pulse, temperature and other vital signs. People in Hong Kong swipe electronic cards as keys to get into their home or office, or put money on them and use them to pay for things. Cameras on London streets can scan faces for identifiable features and match them to a database of suspected terrorists. A new senior citizen housing development in South Korea has sensors in the floors, so if a resident falls, paramedics are notified--and the door automatically unlocks. Smart toilets developed in Japan can monitor a person's health, [Adam] Greenfield said. 'This is not blue sky, speculative scientice fiction,' he said. These applications are being built today [stress added]." Dan Fost, 2006, Technology is not always your friend. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 15, 2006, pages C1 + C5. page C1.

"They've tangled with corn and tinkered with the potato. Now the biotech industry is aiming its genetic know-how at cattle, to bring you pound after pound of perfect beef. Convinced that people will pay handsomely for the most tender of tenderloins, a maryland company has been sifting through cow genes to identify traits that separate a juicy steak from hamburger meal. ... Cattle producers usually don't know whether beef is top grade until blade meets carcass at the salughterhouse. Company officials predict that early screening could save producers money by pinpointing which animals should receive premium feed and attention [stress added]." Carolyn Abraham, 2002, Gene Map To A Juicier Steak. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 17, 2002, page E2.

"Infections caused by germs that resist treatment with antibiotics kill more than 14,000 Americans each year [Urbanowicz Adds} approximately 38 people a day!], says a coalition of federal and private groups that met Tuesday [April 15, 2001] in Washington, D.C., to launch an education campaign called Save Antibiotic Strength. Pilot programs will begin in San Diego, Norfolk, Va., and the state of Connecticut to raise awareness of the dangers of overprescription and misuse of antibiotics, which can lead to drug resistance [Urbanowicz adds} as a result of "evolution"]. 'It is estimated that 50 million antibiotic prescriptions for illnesses such as cold or flu are given each year [or ~136,986/day!], and are of no benefit in treating such conditions,' says Richard Roberts, president of the American Academy of Family Physicians [stress added]." Michelle Healy, 2001, A Better Life. USA Today, April 18, 2001, page 6D.

"What makes the situation so desperate, experts agree, is that new and more effective drugs are not, in themselves, enough. As Richard Colonno, vice president for infectious disease at Bristol-Myers Squibb, sees it, what new drugs do is reset a pathogen's biological clock. They buy time, but eventually resistance to these compounds will also arise. Why? In a word, evolution [stress added]." J. Madeline Nash, 2001, The Antibiotic Crisis. Time, January 15, 2001, No Page Number.

"To stop an infection, most doctors automatically reach for an antibiotic, the most effective way known to kill off infectious germs. But antibiotics are the nuclear weapons of medicine--they often also wipe out helpful bacteria and forster the growth of drug-resistant germ strains [stress added]." David P. Hamilton, 2002, Toothless Germs Can't Bite. The Wall Street Journal, April 11, 2002, page D8.

"Water quality officials have found traces of resilient prescription drugs in waste water that has been filtered and recycled into a Southern California aquifer for eventual use as drinking water, but the amounts are so small that the health effects are unclear, the Los Angeles Times reported Monday. Drugs including antibiotics, antipsychotics, birth-control hormones, Viagra and Valium routinely turn up in wastewater all over the world because people flush them down their toilets. But medications have also ended up in Los Angeles County's water supplies because of the region's aggressive efforts to turn treated sewage into drinking water....Because the medications have been found in very small amounts - the equivalent of a few drops in an Olympic-sized swimming pool - scientists suspect there is little or no human danger. But they say no one knows if there are health hazards from ingesting small doses of drugs continuously over a lifetime. What's more clear are the health effects for fish, frogs and other creatures that spend their entire lives in waterways exposed to drugs. [stress added]." Anon., 2006, Medicines found in treated water. The San Francisco Chronicle, February 1, 2006, page B10.

"Scientific evidence is mounting that...music may be as powerful a food for the brain as for the soul. Not only does it pluck at emotional heart strings, but scientists say that it also turns on brain circuits that aid recognition of patterns and structures critical to development of mathematics skills, logic, perception and memory [stress added]." Bill Henrrick, 1996, Parents, Studies Say Music Lends An Ear To Learning. San Francisco Chronicle, July 6, 1996, page A7.

"BRAIN STRAIN: Feel like you can't think straight when you're stressed out? You're probably right. Researchers who injected volunteers with cortisol--a hormone secreted during stress--report that those who received the highest doeses for the longest period (four days) had the most trouble recalling a story they had been told. There is a bright spot: a week after the hormone injections stopped, memory was completely restored." Janice M. Horowitz, 1999, Time, June 28, 1999, page 79.

"Married women under extreme stress who reach out and hold their husbands' hands feel immediate relief, neuroscientists have found, in what they say is the first study of how human touch affects the neural response to threats. The soothing effect of the touch could be seen in scans of areas deep in the brain that are involved in registering emotional and physical alarm. The women received significantly more relief from their husbands' touch than from a stranger's, and those in particularly close marriages were most deeply comforted by their husbands' hands, the study found....Lying in the jaws of an MRI scanning machine and knowing that they would periodically receive a mild electric shock to an ankle, the women were noticeably apprehensive. Brain images showed peaks of activation in regions involved in anticipating pain, heightening physical arousal and regulating negative emotions, among other systems. But the moment that they felt their husbands' hands - the men reached into the imaging machine - each woman's activity level plunged in all the body's regions gearing up for the threat. A stranger's hand also provided some comfort, though less so [stress added]." Benedict Carey, 2006, Wives under stress are soothed by husbands' touch, study finds. The San Francisco Chronicle, January 31, 2006, page A5.

"For women diagnosed with moderately serious breast cancer, a large network of supportive friends and relatives cuts the risk of recurrence and death by 60% over seven years, a researcher reports today [stress added]." Marilyn Elias, 2001, Friends May Make Breast Cancer More Survivable. USA Today, March 8, 2001, page D1.

"'Intriguiging' Study Says Prayer Can Heal. Prayer may not only warm the heart--it may improve its health as well, according to a preliminary study by Duke University. The study found that angioplasty patients with acute heart ailments who were prayed for by seven religious groups did 50 to 100 percent better during their hospital stays than patients who received no prayers [stress added]." Scott Mooneyham [Associated Press Writer], 1998, The Chico Enterprise-Record, page 6A.

"Scientists are gaining new insight into the role of temperament in making some people vulnerable to physical disease through studies exploring how stress influences the immune system, weakeneing disease-fighting cells and creating fertile environments for pathogens. ... In shy people, the nervous system may be more likely to produce a stress reaction during social interactions--so they aintain their internal stress balance by limiting contact with other people. ... Scientists are far from understanding all the links in the bewildering number of chemicals that establish feedback loops between the body and the brainm but teams of researchers at the intersection of neurology, immunology and endocrinology are working to chart all the pathways and signals [stress added]." Shankar Vendantam, Insights into shyness, health: Aids study finds introverts less resistant to virus, with weaker response to treatment. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 23, 2003, page A4.

"Scientists are far from understanding everything about colds. But a growing pool of evidence suggests that personality, stress and social life all can influence helathy adults' vulnerability to cold symptoms. ... Happy, relaxed people are more resistant to illness than those who tend to be unhappy or tense [stress added]." Marilyn Elias, 2003, In the war on colds, personality counts. USA Today, December 2, 2003, page 5D.

"Scientists suspect there may be a handful of age-defying genes [in human beings], and the competition to pinpoint and understand them is heated. Medical researchers and drug company scientists reason that if they can figure out exactly what those genes do, they may be able to develop drugs or other treatments to enhance or mimic their action [stress added]." Mary Duenwald, 2003, Puzzle of The Century [in Nova Scotia]. Smithsonian, January 2003, Vol. 13, No. 10, pages 72-80, page 77.

"A growing understanding of human genetics is prompting fresh consideration of how much control people have over who they are and how they act. The recent discoveries include genes that seem to influence whether an individual is fat, has a gift for dance or will be addicted to cigarettes. Pronouncements about the power of genes seem to be in the news almost daily, and are changing the way some Americans feel about themselves, their flaws and their talents, as well as the decisions they make [stress added]." Amy Harmon, 2006, That Wild Streak? Maybe It Runs in the Family. The New York Times, June 15, 2006, pages A1 + A19, page A1.

"Scientists tie gene to heart attacks. The first gene linked directly to hear attacks has been isolated from an extended Iowa family that has been plagued for generations with rampant coronary artery disease. ... 'This is the first heart attack gene,' said [Dr. Eric J.] Topol of the Cleveland Clinic, head of a team that discovered the gene [stress added]." Paul Recer, 2003 Scientists tie gene to heart attacks, The Sacramento Bee, November 28, 2003, page A8.

"The world's most widely grown genetically engineered crops--soybeans, cotton and corn developed to be impervious to a popular herbicide--are facing a new challenge to their continued long-term use. The herbicide, known as Roundup, is starting to lose its effectiveness in controlling weeds. In the last few years, weeds resistant to the herbicide have emerged in Delaware, Maryland, California, western Tennessee and at the edges of the Corn Belt in Ohion and Indiana. The problem, crop scientists say, is the very success of the genetically engineered crops, particularly the soybean, which now account for more than three-quarters of all soybeans grown in the United States. Farmers like the genetically engineered crops, which are sold under the brand name Roundup Ready, because they can spray Roundup herbicide directly over those fields, killing the weeds while leaving the crops intact. But the popularity of the crops has caused the use of the Roundup herbicide to skyrocket, setting up 'survival of the fittest' conditions in which the rare weeds that survive the herbicide can flourish [stress added]." Andrew Pollack, 2003, Widely Used Crop Herbicide Is losing Weed Resistance. The New York Times, January 14, 2003, pages C1+C2, page C1.

"You know, as I look back on it now, the ten years between 2005 and 2015 were the most critical time on this planet for our species. Many of us tried to warn everyone else of the danger of running out of oil, but few listened. There were good people, people who care about each other, our children and the planet. We struggled, but not hard enolugh. The forces of selfish greed fought harder. They seemed bent on extinction, and almost succeeded. I'm sorry. We're sorry. Perhaps you can do better [stress added]." Michael Moore, 2003, Dude, Where's My Country? (NY: Warner Books), page 94.

"Adding new fuel to the debate over cell phone safety, three European research groups in separate studies have found an increased risk of brain tumpors in people who have used the phones for 10 or more years [stress added]." Nancy McVicar, 2006, Studies cite cell phone tumor risks. The Sacramento Bee, February 3, 2006, page A5.

"Just 30 minutes of brisk walking can immediately boost the mood of depressed patients, giving them the same quick pick-me-up they may be seeking from cigarettes, caffeine or binge eating, a small study found." Anon., 2006, Brisk walking can boost the mood as effectively as drinking coffee. The Chico Enterprise-Record, February 20, 2006, page 2B.

"Don't assume that it's too late to get involved." Morrie Schwartz (1920-1995) as recorded by Mitch Albom, 1997, Tuesdays With Morrie: An Old Man, A Young Man, And Life's Greatest Lesson (NY: Doubleday), page 18.

"There are more things in heaven and earth, Horatio, Than are dreamt of in your philosophy." William Shakespeare (1564-1616), Hamlet, Act I, Scene V.


CLASSROOM PRESENTATION INSTRUCTIONS, WRITING ASSIGNMENT #2 INSTRUCTIONS, AND TERMINOLOGY TO CHOOSE FROM

TEMPLATE FOR SOSC 303-1

Your Name
Date of Presentation
SOSC 303-1
[The Concept]

I. The concept I chose was ______ and it is defined by _____ as _______. In other words, this means _______.

II. In order to "explain" this concept of ______ to a K-12 classroom audience I would do the following: ___________.

III. The references I would draw upon include:

At least one item from a recent newspaper or popular journal.

At least one item from a scholarly journal or book.

At least one WWW site.

IV. In order to "explain" this concept of ______ to my peers, family, or friends, I would do the following: ___________.

V. The references I would draw upon include:

At least one item from a recent newspaper or popular journal.

At least one item from a scholarly journal or book.

At least one WWW site.

VI. In conclusion, the concept of _________ is _________.

# # #

Your Writing Assignment #2, worth 10% of your final grade (and DUE Friday December 8, 2006) should be approximately ~300-600 words: if will be a short "essay" about your concept and how it relates to Social Science 303. You will also attach your one-page handout to your brief essay (which will be considered as part of the word count). Make sense?

# # #


PARTICIPATION / PAPER PRESENTATION

Class participation counts for 20% of your final grade: this includes class attendance throughout the semester, your classroom presentation, and thoughtful comments on other student presentations. The following information should be of value to you when it comes to your term paper presentation beginning WEEK 12:

Some selections from "Preparing and presenting a speech" by Shirley Shields (in The Great American Bathroom Book I, 1992, edited by Steven W. Anderson). [The information as it appeared in GABB I was actually an edited summary of the Shields 1989 publication entitled Change Your Voice, Change Your Image (Chapter 7)].

"Consider these ten key steps when preparing a talk:

1. Choose your subject with care....
2. Analyze the audience....
3. Ascertain your purpose: Are you speaking chiefly to persuade, entertain, or inform?
4. Gather materials....
5. Organize the material....The introduction...The body of your talk....The conclusions...
6. Select words carefully....
7. Use quotations correctly....
8. Employ (on a limited basis) personal references....
9. Make your speech your own....
10. Time your speech: Nothing kills a good speech [or classroom presentation!] than going overtime [stress added]."


CONSIDER, If you will, the following:

"With verbal reports, much of the data gets lost in translation. Most people aren't trained to listen. Given the complexity of our mental processes, the recipient tunes out, blocks, forgets, or misinterprets eighty percent of what's been said. Take any fifteen minutes' worth of conversation and try to reconstruct it later and you'll see what I mean. If the communication has any emotional content whatever, the quality of the information retained degrades even further [stress added]." Sue Grafton, 1998, N Is For Noose (NY: Henry Holt and Company), page 23.


Some words from "How To Get Your Point Across in 30 Seconds--or Less" by Milo O. Frank (in The Great American Bathroom Book II, 1993, edited by Steven W. Anderson), pages 455-456.

"The three principles of effective communication: The first component of an effective 30-second message--the passive, pre-planned part of your communication--consists of the three principles necessary for effective communication: know your objective, know your listener, and know your approach. ... The three techniques of effective communication: The second part of your 30-second message is the actual message itself. The effectiveness of your message pivots on the three techniques of effective communication--the three K's of your message. Your 'hook' is designed to 'Katch' your listener; the 'subject' will 'Keep'em interested; and the 'closing' will 'Konvince'em' to work with you. Adding Impact: The finishing touches of a 30-second message include a number of measures you can take to add impact. ... Imagery - Make sure your listener sees as well as hears what you are saying....Clarity - Choose words and images appropriate to your listeners level of understanding. ... Personalizing - Use personal stores or examples to illustrate key points.... Emotional Appeal - The most effective messages are those that reach the listener's heart [stress added]."


AND PLEASE NOTE: the following Decree #26 does not apply to this class nor to your eventual presentation: "By Order of The High Inquisitor of Hogwarts: "Teachers are hereby banned from giving students any information that is not strictly related to the subjects they are paid to teach. The above is in accordance with Educational Decree Number Twenty-Six. Signed: Dolores Jane Umbridge / High Inquisitor [stress added]." J. K. Rowling, 2003, Harry Potter And the Order of The Phoenix (NY: Scholastic Press), page 551.


To possibly be of assistance in this (and other public presentations), please see the following chart. It is merely a guide for what you present and what you see and hear being presented:

1
2
3
4
5
NON-VERBAL (Eye contact, gestures, body language, etc.)
None.
Minimal.
Limited.
Some.
Consistent and appropriate.
VOICE (tone, volume, etc.)
Difficult to understand.
Erratic.
Fairly easy to understand.
Easy to understand.
Clear voice, enthusiastic, not too slow or fast.
ORGANIZATION (introduction, main points, transitions, and conclusions)
Missing introduction.
Missing Introduction and/or conclusions.
Missing main points.
Getting better.
Clear and easy to follow.
CONTENT
Little or no evidence of research.
Modest evidence of research.
Some evidence of research.
Considerable evidence.
Excellent coverage of concept or idea.
PRESENTATION AIDS (if any)
None.
Messy or inappropriate.
Difficult to see or read.
Clear, easy to see/read.
Presentation aids added greatly to presentation.
 


CONCEPTS (49) FOR IN-CLASS PRESENTATIONS FOR WEEKS in NOVEMBER 2006 & DECEMBER 2006:  

MONDAY NOVEMBER 6, 2006:

EVOLUTION: "In the broadest sense, evolution is merely change, and so is all-pervasive; galaxies, languages, and political systems all evolve. Biological evolution ... is change in the properties of populations of organisms that transcend the lifetime of a single individual." [From: http://www.talkorigins.org/faqs/evolution-definition.html]

DNA: Deoxyribonucleic acid. [See: http://www.dnaftb.org/dnaftb/]

MENDELIAN GENETICS: "...by recognising the deep logical structure of inheritance, and by designing experiments which would display this in an easily manageable symbolic notation." Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Look, 1982, Darwin For Beginners (NY: Pantheon), page 151.

PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY: "The study of humans as physical organisms, dealing with the emergence and evolution of humans and with contemporary biological variations among human populations. Also called biological anthropology." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 404.

 

WEDNESDAY NOVEMBER 8, 2006:

PREHISTORY: "The time before written records." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

ARCHAEOLOGY: "The branch of anthroplogy that seeks to reconstruct the daily life and customs of peoples who lived in the past and to trace and explain cultural changes. Often lacking written records for study, archaeologists must try to reconstruct history from the material remains of human cultures." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 401.

PALEOANTHROPOLOGY: "The study of human fossil remains." From: L.L.Langness, 2005, The Study of Culture: Third Edition (Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp), page 296.

PRIMATOLOGIST: "Persons who study primates." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

 

FRIDAY NOVEMBER 10, 2006 = The University is closed

 

MONDAY NOVEMBER 13, 2006:

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

ETHNOLOGY: "In its most comprehensive usage, the science of peoples and cultures. Ethnology is contrasted with ethnography in that the latter is purely descriptive whereas the former is analytic and seeks to find generalizations." From: L.L.Langness, 2005, The Study of Culture: Third Edition (Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp), page 293.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

 

WEDNESDAY NOVEMBER 15, 2006:

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence. 

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in U.S. Culture.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

 

FRIDAY NOVEMBER 17, 2006 = There will be no SOSC 303-1 class this day.

 

THANKSGIVING BREAK: MONDAY NOVEMBER 20, 2006 -> FRIDAY NOVEMBER 24, 2006!  

 

MONDAY NOVEMBER 27, 2006:

TABOO: "A prohibition that, if violated, is believed to bring a supernatural punishment." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 406. 

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events. 

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regular cyclical rites.

PRAYER: A petition directed at a supernatural being or power. 

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

 

WEDNESDAY NOVEMBER 29, 2006:

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

 

FRIDAY DECEMBER 1, 2006:

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

CLASS: A system of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, but permitting individuals to alter their rank.

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their rank.

STATUS: A culturally defined position associated with a particular social structure.

 

MONDAY DECEMBER 4, 2006:

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution. 

AGRICULTURE: A subsistence strategy involving intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of such means as the plow, irrigation, and fertilizer. 

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

 

WEDNESDAY DECEMBER 6, 2006:

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

INNOVATION: A recombination of concepts from two or more mental configurations into a new pattern that is qualitatively different from existing forms. 

REVITALIZATION MOVEMENT: A deliberate, conscious effort by members of a society to construct a more satisfying culture.

  

FRIDAY DECEMBER 8, 2006 [last day of class AND Writing Assignment #2 - 10% - is DUE]:

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

SOCIAL DARWINISM: "...a regretable idiocy known as Social Darwinism, according to which the ruthless economic competition displayed by capitalism should be encouraged in order to obtain an efficiency comparable to the one exhibited in nature." Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Look, 1982, Darwin For Beginners (NY: Pantheon), page 171.

INTERNET: "The Internet is a shared network of government agencies, educational institutions, private organizations, and individuals from many nations. Many people refer to the Internet as the World Wide Web (WWW). The World Wide Web is made up of a collection of interconnected computers using the TCP/IP protocol language to communicate. The Internet is the largest network in the world." [From: http://mse.byu.edu/ecs/internet_defined.htm]

WWW: "The World Wide Web is made up of a collection of interconnected computers using the TCP/IP protocol language to communicate. The Internet is the largest network in the world." [From: http://mse.byu.edu/ecs/internet_defined.htm]


NOTE FOR YOUR EVENTUAL RESEARCH & PRESENTATION: #1} Do Not Plagiarize: please do your own original research but do collaborate/share resources with one another (teamwork is a very effective way to learn!); #2} it is always an good idea to keep a copy of any work submitted for any class--accidents happen; #3} please consider using a word-processor, with spell-check [if possible] (and double spaced); #4} please consider some good (and relatively inexpensive) reference books (including a dictionary) such as The World Almanac and Book of Facts: 2006 and E.B. White's The Elements of Style (2000, 4th Edition).

"Vigorous writing is concise. A sentence should contain no unnecessary words, a paragraph no unnecessary sentences, for the same reason that a drawing should have no unnecessary lines and a machine no unnecessary parts. This requires not that the writer make all his [or her!] sentences short, or that he [or she] avoid all detail and treat his [and her] subjects only in outline, but that every word tell."

"There you have a short, valuable essay on the nature and beauty of brevity--fifty-nine words [not counting those in the brackets added by Urbanowicz] that could change the world." E.B. White, commenting on the original words of William Strunk Jr. in The Elements of Style, 4th edition, 2000, pages xv-xvi.

ON PLAGIARISM: "The San Jose Mercury News suspended an intern [David Cragin] Thursday while it investigated whether the novice reporter plagiarized a Washington post story earlier this week. ... It is the second time this month that the Mercury News has faced questions of journalistinc impropriety. ... The first three paragraphs of Cragin's story are nearly identical to what appeared in the Post. It included this passage: 'Most of these hotels in the city are more than a half century old; they were built for the solitary working men who streamed into the city to toil at the wharves and the railway lines. They were never meant for families. [Frank] Ahrens wrote [in the Washington Post]: 'Most of these hotels are more than a half-century old; they were built as hives for the working men who streamed to this city to toil at the wharves and the railway lines. They were never meant for families [stress added]." Helene Lelchuk, 2000, Mercury News Reporter Suspended In New Plagiarism Probe. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 2000, pages A13 and A14, page A13.

"The worst case of plagiarism on record at Chico State University was when someone copied and turned in an entire master's thesis. With plagiarism said to be on the rise here and nationwide, the university, along with representatives from the Associated Students government, has been meeting to discuss the matter of plagiarism on campus and what to do about it. ... When the CSU signed up with Turnitin.com on a trial basis last year, a search of 1,150 papers found 46 of them [4%] had 70 to 100 percent of their text matching papers in the site's database [stress added]." Devanie Angel, 2003, Cheaters are never beaters. The Chico News and Review, February 13, 2003, page 9.

"Allegations of research misconduct reached record highs last year [2004]--the Department of Health and Human Services received 274 complaints, which was 50 percent higher than 2003 and the most since 1989 when the federal government established a program to deal with scientific misconduct.... Researcher suggests this is but a small fraction of all the incidents of fabrication, falsification and plagiarism [stress added]." Martha Mendoza, 2005, Cases of faked medical research up 50% in last two years, reaching record high. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 10, 2005, page A17.


WEEK 7: BEGINNING Monday October 2, 2006

I. BACK TO THE PACIFIC: TASMANIA & ...

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview] [repeat], pages 102-106.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview] [repeat] pages 178-181.
"Identity, Roles, and Groups" [Overview], pages 218-222.

III. BACK TO THE PACIFIC: VIDEO} THE LAST TASMANIAN (and see http://www.tas.gov.au/tasfaq/history/who-text.html and again, if you wish: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Pacific/Tasmania.html.

REMEMBER FROM WEEK 4 on the film RABBIT PROOF FENCE: "It spotlights a shameful recent chapter of Australian history, when racist kidnappings were part of that country's official policy, yet 'Rabbit-Proof Fence' turns this dubious past into a breathtaking story of defiance and triumph that has to be considered one of the year's most sublime films. Direcotr Phillip Noyce based his movie on the lives of three Aboriginal girls who, in 1931, escaped from their captors into a shaky freedom that required them to traverse more than 1,000 miles.... Between 1910 and 1970, the Australian government targeted mixed-race Aboriginal children in the outback and took themn to reorientation centers. There they were forced to speak English, attend Church and learn 'skills' they would use as servants and laborers for white people. One hundred thousand Aboriginal children were taken this way from their parents, according to an Australian government report released in 1997 [stress added]." Jonathan Curiel, 2002, Following the fence to freedom: Aboriginal girls' escape makes for gripping drama. The San Francisco Chronicle, December 25, 2002, pages D1 + D9.

"One of the more consequential human tendencies that we have explored in these pages is that towards pseudospeciation: falsely treating another member of our species as if he or she were member of a different species. It is this capacity that allows us to turn off our natural identification with other members of our species and so be able to kill them. Its power and consequence have been very evident in recent years in a variety of locales, from the Balkans to Rwanda. It is difficult to brutalize and kill human beings, but it is not so hard to commit atrocities against 'Gooks,' 'Niggers.' 'Honkies,' 'Spics,' 'Micks,' 'Nips,' 'Krauts,' or other creatures we have used language to dehumanize. Clearly this ability to engage in pseudospeciation is a major part of the basis for warfare [stress added]." Robert S. McElvaine, 2001, Eve's Seed: Biology, the Sexes, and the Course of History (NY: McGraw-Hill), pages 284-285

NATURAL SELECTION: "The process of differential survival and reproduction that results in changes in gene frequencies and in the characteristics that the genes encode."(Paul W. Ewald, 1994, Evolution of Infectious Disease, page 220.

"Nature always bats last." Joel Salatin in "Down On This Farm The Times They Are A-Changing" by Virginia Shepherd, July 2000, Smithsonian, pages 64-72, page 68.

AND CONSIDER THIS:

"One day in 1921, an English bacteriologist happened to have a cold, so he added a bit of his own nasal mucus to a petri dish just to see what might be cultured out of it. A few weeks later, he noticed that the bacteria growing in the dish--a harmless type of coccus--had failed to grow in the area near the mucus. Something in the mucus was dissolving and killing the bacteria. The bacteriologist called that something 'lysozyme,' and over the ensuing years of intensive investigation of the substance, he found it in tears; sweat; saliva; the mucus linings of the cheeks; fingernail parings; hair; sperm; mother's milk; the leukocytes and phagocytes of blood; the fibrin that forms scabs over wounds; the slime of earthworms; the leaves and stalks of numerous plants including buttercups, peonies, nettles, tulips, and turnips; and in very high concentration in egg whites. He had stumbled upon the first natural anti-infective, an enzyme later given the chemical name 'mucopeptide glucohydrolase.' This scientist would, eight years later, accidentally find something else in one of his petri dishes, a substance that would change the life of almost everyone on the planet. The bacteriolgist's name was Alexander Fleming [1881-1955], and he would name this new discovery 'penicillin' [and shares the Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1945]. Of course, the discovery of penicillin and the many other antibiotics (more than a hundred are in use today) was not the end of the story. Microbes did not succumb so easlity to human ingenuity. ... Germs reproduce quickly, creating many generations within hours. With such rapid reproduction comes ample opportunity for genetic mutation. And one of the ways germs fight back is by producing genetic mutations that give them resistance to the antibiotics we use to try to eradicate them. Every time we take an antibiotic, we are killing the weakest germs and allowing the strongest--the resistant ones--to reproduce. Eventually, only resistant germs survive, and the antibiotic that was once effective against them becomes less effective or even useless. This phenomenon was noticed very early on in the development of antibiotics. In 1945, it took a total of about 40,000 units of penicillin to cure a case of pneumococcal pneumonia. Today [2003], because the germ is now resistant to low doses, as many as 24 million units of penicillin a day are given to effect a cure in severe cases. Some diseases for which penicillin was once effective are now completely resistant to it, even in large doses [stress added]." Nicholas Bakalar, 2003, Where the Germs Are: A Scientific Safari (New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), pages 5-6.

SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

NAIVE REALISM: The notion that reality is much the same for all people everywhere.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.


THE LAST TASMANIAN = "...is a shocking and heart-wrenching portrait of a primitive [sic.] culture wiped out in the name of civilization and Christianity. When the British first colonized the island of Tasmania in 1803, it was viewed as a natural prison to which they sent many of their worst criminals. These convicts, set loose upon the natives committed hideous, barbarous atrocities. By the 1820's thousands of colonists and one million sheep had arrived on the island. When the natives began to retaliate, the British government reacted with mounting paranoia. Thus began a round-up and eventual extermination of an entire race. Those Tasmanians who did not die from abominable treatment succumbed to the diseases of civilized man. Even in death, the race was violated by a ghoulishly curious scientific world. Skeletons and skulls became prized as a means of tracing man's origins. This dramatic film tells the story of Truganini, a daughter of a tribal chief and the last true Tasmanian, who died [on May 8] 1876 at the mission station on Flinders Island. Her skeleton was long displayed in the Hobart Museum until finally, a century after her death, she was given a state funeral and her remains cremated. The Last Tasmanian has won Australia's top awards for documentary, the SAMMY and the LOGIE, and has been praised as a tour de force [stress added]."

"European treatment of Aborigines during the last 200 years has been grossly unjust, but it was in Tasmania during the first 30 years of European settlement that the Aboriginals' plight was the most tragic. European settlers fenced off all the best land for farms, and as they encrouched upon traditional hunting grounds, the Aboriginals began fighting back. In turn, the settlers hunted and shot down the Aboriginal men as they would animals, kidnapped native children to use as slave labor, and raped and tortured the women. In 1828 Governor Arthur proclaimed a law that gave police the right to shoot Aboriginals on sight. Within a couple of years the entire population had been flushed out from settled districts, and over the following five years the remaining stragglers, numbering less than 200, were transported to Flinders Island to be converted to Christians [stress added]." Marael Johnson et al., 1997, Australia Handbook (Chico: Moon Publications), page 598.

"Like all other forms of life, bacteria and viruses evolve over time, and the complex ways in which they react with their human hosts may give to variable virulence [stress added]." Gerald N. Grob, 2002, The Deadly Truth: A History of Disease in America (Harvard university Press), page 207.

REMEMBER (?) FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE COURSE:

"Les Eyzies is the normal point of first entry for visitors to the land of prehistory. It has a national museum, the cave where Cro-Magnon man was discovered, and much else--all in the midst of spectacular scenery. ... The National Museum of Prehistory lies within Les Eyzies, in a structure built into the side of a cliff, with overhanging rock above, which was originally a thirteenth-century fortress. It houses a rich collection of prehistoric items, not only from the Dordogne but also from other French archaeological sites...." Charles Tanford & Jacqueline Reynolds, 1992, The Scientific Traveller: A Guide to the People, Places, and Institutions of Europe, page 205.

Les Eyzies-De-Tayax-Sireuil = "The science of prehistory originated in this village....The first drawing of a mammoth was discovered here along with the first skeleton of Cro-Magnon Man, 30,000 years ago." Anon., 1988, The Hachette Guide To France (NY: Pantheon Books), page 111.

"The Dordogne River twisted in loops like a brown snake in the valley it had cut hundreds of thousands of years before." Michael Crichton, 1999, Timeline (Ballantine Books November 2000 Paperback), page 43.

"In 1856, at the very time Charles Darwin was writing The Origin of Species [published in 1859!],which would popularize the revolutionary concept of evolution worldwide, the fossilized remains of a stocky, powerful, human-like creature were discovered in a German valley called Neander Tal." Erik Trinkaus and Pat Shipman, 1993, The Neanderthals: Changing The Image of Mankind .

Settlement of Australia began in 1788, with the landing of a part of transported convicts from Great Britain.

Tasmania is 26,200 square miles in size and is a State of the Commonwealth of Australia [2,941,300 square miles]. Tasmania had an estimated 2002 population of ~473,365. The 2002 estimated population of Australia is 19,731,000. The capital of Tasmania is Hobart. The State of California is approximately 163,696 Square Miles, the State of West Virginia is approximately 24,078 square miles, and Costa Rica is approximately 19,730 square miles. [See The World Almanac And Book of Facts 2004.]

The potential of British-French rivalry in Australia prompted the British in Australia (where they had established a convict colony in 1788) to send a ship to Tasmania. On December 14, 1802, while Frenchmen were already on Tasmania, the British raised their flag and took formal possession of Tasmania in the name of King George of England.

"When Tasmania was first colonised the natives were roughly estimated by some at 7000 and by others at 20,000. Their number was soon greatly reduced, chiefly by fighting with the English and with each other. After the famous hunt by all the colonists, when the remaining natives delivered themselves up to the government, they consisted only of 120 individuals,* who were in 1832 transported to Flinders Island. This island, situated between Tasmania and Australia, is forty miles long, and from twelve to eighteen miles broad: it seems healthy, and the natives were well treated. Nevertheless, they suffered greatly in health. In 1834 they consisted (Bonwick, p. 250) of forty-seven adult males, forty-eight adult females, and sixteen children, or in all of 111 souls. In 1835 only one hundred were left. As they continued rapidly to decrease, and as they themselves thought that they should not perish so quickly elsewhere, they were removed in 1847 to Oyster Cove in the southern part of Tasmania. They then consisted (Dec. 20th, 1847) of fourteen men, twenty-two women and ten children.*(2) But the change of site did no good. Disease and death still pursued them, and in 1864 one man (who died in 1869), and three elderly women alone survived. The infertility of the women is even a more remarkable fact than the liability of all to ill-health and death. At the time when only nine women were left at Oyster Cove, they told Mr. Bonwick (p. 386), that only two had ever borne children: and these two had together produced only three children! (* All the statements here given are taken from The Last of the Tasmanians, by J. Bonwick, 1870. * This is the statement of the Governor of Tasmania, Sir W. Denison, Varieties of Vice-Regal Life, 1870, vol. 1, p.67.). [stress added]." Charles Darwin (1871), The Descent of Man)

FROM THE VIDEO: "Fear mixed with the old contempt had produced hate and indiscriminate retaliation."
"Wherever the European has trod, death seems to pursue the aboriginal. We may look to the wide extent of the Americas, Polynesia, the Cape of Good Hope, and Australia, and we find the same result. Nor is it the white man alone that acts as the destroyer; the Polynesian of Malay extraction has in parts of the East Indian archipelago, thus driven before him the dark-coloured native. The varieties of man seem to act on each other in the same way as different species of animals--the stronger always extirpating the weaker [stress added]." Charles R. Darwin [1809-1882], 1839, The Voyage of the Beagle (Chapter 19: "Australia"), 1972 Bantam paperback edition (with "Introduction" by Walter Sullivan), page 376.

October 17, 1995: "...the premier [of Tasmania], Ray Groom, announced that he would introduce legislation to transfer 3800 hectares [~9390 acres] of land to the Tasmanian Aborigines. ... The Premier stressed that this was the government's first and final transfer of land to the Tasmanian Aborigines." Lyndall Ryan, 1996, The Aboriginal Tasmanians [2nd edition] (Australia: Allen & Unwin), page 310.

"The Tasmanian Aboriginal population was gradually wiped out with the arrival of Europeans in the 19th century, however more than 4,000 people [~.84% of the population] claim Aboriginality in Tasmania today. Evidence of their link with the landscape has survived in numerous cave paintings. Many Aboriginal sites remain sacred and closed to visitors, but a few, such as the cliffs around Woolnorth [in the extreme northwest of Tasmania], display this indigenous art for all to see [stress added]." Zoë Ross [Managing Editor], 1998, Australia (Dorling Kindersley Publishing, Inc.), page 445. 

ADDITIONAL NOTES: The term "genocide" was first used by Raphael Lemkin [1900-1949] in his 1944 publication entitled Axis Rule in Occupied Europe: "By genocide we mean the destruction of a nation or of an ethnic group." Lemkin combined a Greek and Latin root to create the word. On the 1986 Nobel Peace Prize Winner Elie Wiesel: "But because of his telling, many who did not care to believe have come to believe, and some who did not care have come to care. He tells the story out of infinite pain, partly to honor the dead, but also to warn the living--to warn the living that it could happen again and that it must never happen again. Better that one heart be broken a thousand times in the retelling, he has decided, if it means that a thousand other hearts need not be broken at all." Robert McAfee Brown, 1986, Night (NY: Bantam Edition), page vi.

"It's not born in you! It happens after you're born . . .
You've got to be taught to hate and fear,
You've got to be taught from year to year,
It's got to be drummed in your dear little ear--
You've got to be carefully taught!"
(Rodgers & Hammerstein, II, 1949, South Pacific, in
Six Plays by Rodgers & Hammerstein, pages 346-347)


WEEK 8: BEGINNING Monday October 9, 2006

I. ROLES & INEQUALITY & ECONOMICS & CHANGE

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Religion, Magic, and World View" [Overview], pages 294-298.
"Society and Sex Roles" by Ernestine Friedl, pages 231-239.
"Mother's Love: Death Without Weeping" by Nancy Scheper-Hughes, pages 183-192.
"Cargo Beliefs and Religious Experience" by Stephen C. Leavitt, pages 330-339.
"Baseball Magic" by George Gmelch, pages 306-315.

III. REMEMBER:
A. EXAM II (25%) on November 3, 2006.
B. WORDS / THOUGHTS ON "TRADITION ("CULTURE")

"A fiddler on the roof. Sounds crazy, no? But in our little village of Anatevka, you might say that every one of us is a fiddler on the roof, trying to scratch out a pleasant, simple tune without breaking his neck. It isn't easy. You may ask, why do we stay up here if it's so dangerous. We stay because Anatevka is our home. And how do we keep our balance? That I can tell you in a word--tradition!" Hoseph p. Swain, 2002, The Broadway Musical: A Critical and Musical Survey (Lanham, MD: The Scarecrow Press, Inc.), page 281 (citing Joseph Stein, 1964, Fiddler on the Roof (NY: Crown), page 1.

IV.THE EMERGENCE OF THE GLOBAL CULTURE: WORLD WAR II AS CULTURAL PHENOMENA! (and see http://www.historyplace.com/worldwar2/timeline/ww2time.htm as well as http://www.msstate.edu/Archives/History/USA/WWII/ww2.html and http://quaboag.k12.ma.us/worwar.html and http://www.pbs.org/wgbh/pages/amex/) and http://www.yadvashem.org.il and http://www.vwc.edu/WWWpages/dgraf/holocaus.htm and finally: http://www.ushmm.org.

"To anyone born after 1980, World War Two must seem as distant as the Civil War was to our parents." The character "Dirk Pitt" in Atlantis Found, 1999, by Clive Cussler [2001 Berkley paperback], page 503.

"...even in the United States. The undercurrent of genteel anti-Semitism was always there. The occasional violence of the more ignorant street gangs always existed. But there was also the pull of Nazism. We can discount the German-American Bund, which was an open arm of the Nazis. However, people such as the Catholic priest Father Charles Coughlin [1891-1979] and the aviation hero Charles Lindbergh [1902-1974] openly expressed anti-Semitic views. There were also homegrown Fascist movements that rallied round the anti-Semitic banner [stress added]." Isaac Asimov [1920-1992], 1994, I. Asimov: A Memoir (NY: Bantam Books), page 20.

"To mark the arrival of the year 2000, a panel of Chronicle editors and reporters gathered recently for a series of discussions about the top news events of the past 100 years." The "Top World Event" was World War II. "In short, this war changed everything--the way the world looked, and the way people looked at the world." The San Francisco Chronicle, December 27, 1999, page 1.

"Put the world in perspective. After Sept. 11 [2001], we're far less worried by little annoyances. ... So many things seem less significant now than before Sept. 11. ... Many of us have had a change of perspective...." Karen S. Peterson, USA Today, November 13, 2001, page 1.
DEAR PEOPLE: AND PLEASE THINK ABOUT THE FOLLOWING WORDS:

"Travel is fatal to prejudice, bigotry and narrow-mindness." (Samuel Langhorn Clemens, also known as Mark Twain [1835-1910], The Innocents Abroad, 1869) and "In the field of observation, chance only favors those who are prepared." (Louis Pasteur [1822-1895])

and

Jason B. Johnson,2004, Hate crimes decrease in state--especially against Hispanics. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 9, 2004, page B1 + B3.
"If I am not for myself, who will be for me? If I am not for others, what am I? And if not now, when?" (Rabbi Hillel, 12th Century)

TO REPEAT: "Lisa, get away from that jazzman! Nothing personal. I just fear the unfamiliar [stress added]." Marge Simpson, February 11, 1990, Moaning Lisa. Matt Groening et al., 1997, The Simpsons: A Complete Guide To Our Favorite Family (NY: HarperCollins), page 22.

V. REVOLUTIONS
A.
Industrial (Continued)
B. Information/Knowledge
C. Cyberspace Again!
D. SeeThe United States Holocaust Museum: http://www.ushmm.org/
E. A Massive Pacific Site [My name for it]: A Massive Pacific Site [My name for it]: http://coombs.anu.edu.au/WWWVL-PacificStudies.html [Australian National University]
F. And Others at:
http://www.vacations.tvb.gov.to/ [Tongan Visitors Bureau} Welcome to the Kingdom of Tonga]
http://www.fikco.com/kingdom.htm [Tonga} Includes Audio]
http://www.royaltonganairlines.com/ [Royal Tongan Airlines]
http://www.lonelyplanet.com/destinations/pacific/tonga/index.htm [Lonely Planet World guide} Tonga]
http://gohawaii.about.com/cs/tonga/index.htm [Various Tongan Articles and Links]
http://www.pacificforum.com/links/Countries/Polynesia/Tonga/ [Pacific Islands Web Directory} Tonga]
http://zhenghe.tripod.com/t/tonga/ [Tonga]
http://otto.cmr.fsu.edu/~muh2051/guests/lessons/21/lesson21.html [Tonga]
http://pidp.ewc.hawaii.edu/pireport/[Pacific Islands Report} Up-to-the-date news]
http://www.cia.gov/cia/publications/factbook/ [CIA World Factbook} 2002]
http://www.govt.nz/ [New Zealand Government On-Line]
http://www.abc.net.au/news/ [ABC News (Australia)]; finally, check out:
http://www.123cam.com/ [Web Cams around the world, including many in Oceania!]

VI. EXAMPLES AND VARIOUS PACIFIC ISLANDS (http://www2.hawaii.edu/~ogden/piir/index.html)
A. MARGARET MEAD'S Mead's NEW GUINEA JOURNAL
B. Others

ONCE AGAIN: "Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic." Clarke's Third Law, Profiles of the Future: An Inquiry into the Limits of the Possible by Arthur C. Clarke, 1984, page 26.

SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the individual cultural patterns of both grou

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their ranks.

CULTURE CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

INDUSTRIALISM: A subsistence strategy marked by intensive, mechanized food production and elaborate distribution networks.

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in American culture.

MARRIAGE: The socially recognized union between a man and a woman that accords legitimate birth status rights to their children.

RAMAGE: A cognatic (bilateral) descent group that is localized and holds corporate responsibility.

RANK SOCIETIES: Societies stratified on the basis of prestige only.

REDISTRIBUTION: The transfer of goods and services between a group of people and a central collecting service based on role obligation. The U.S. income tax is a good example.

RELIGI0N: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

REVITALIZATION MOVEMENT: A deliberate, conscious effort by members of a society to construct a more satisfying culture.

ROLE: The culturally generated behavior associated with particular statuses.

STATUS: A culturally defined position associated with a particular social structure.

SUBSTANTIVE LAW: The legal statutes that define right and wrong for members of a society.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people are usually unaware and do not communicate verbally.

WITCHCRAFT: The reputed activity of people who inherit supernatural force and use it for evil purposes.

WORLD VIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.


MARGARET MEAD'S NEW GUINEA JOURNAL = Margaret Mead [1901-1978] discusses the cultural transformation of the people of Manus Island (largest of the Admiralty Islands in Melanesia) based on her visits to the village of Peri in 1928, 1953, and 1967.

HISTORICAL NOTE: "America's foremost woman anthropologist, Margaret Mead authored scientific studies...that made anthropology meaningful to an unprecedented number of American readers. Coming of Age in Samoa [1928] and Growing Up In New Guinea [1930] both ranked as national best sellers; these and other studies introduced Americans to cultures where male and female roles differed markedly from those in Western society.... Over the years Margaret Mead became a national institution; she wrote over thirty books and lectured widely. Of her profession she concluded (in her autobiography): 'There is hope, I believe, in seeing the human adventure as a whole and in the shared trust that knowledge about mankind, sought in reverence for life, can bring life [1972, Blackberry Winter]." Vincent Wilson, Jr., 1992, The Book of Distinguished American Women, page 68.

"Margaret Mead arrived at the American Museum of Natural History in 1926. Having just completed her first significant ethnographic research in Samoa, she was wappointed assistant curator in the Department of Anthropology. ... Over the course of her fifty-two year association with the Museum, Margaret Mead was a scientist, curator, teacher, author, social activist, and media celebrity. The success of her first book, Coming of Age in Samoa, published in 1928, had thrust her into the mdia spotlight" [stress added]." Nancy C. Lutkehaus, 2001-2002, American Icon. Natural History, 12/01 - 1/02, pages 14 & 15, page 14.

"Although the earliest recorded European contact with the main part of Manus [Island] was probably by Menezes in 1517....substantial impact did not take place until the 1870s, when the area became a commercial source of pearlshell, tortoise shell, and beche-de-mer. By the time of German annexation in 1884, most of the Manus were familiar with European goods, if not with Europeans themselves. ... By the early 1920s almost the entire region had come under full Australian control. ... The fundamental change was in the Manus economy. As a result of colonization, Manus ceased to be an independent system of interdependent villages tied by a complex arrangement of production and circulation. Instead it became a dependent outlier of the main Papua New Guinean economy.... [stress added]." James G. Carrier and Achsah H. Carrier, 1985, A Manus Centenary: Production, Kinship, and Exchange in the Admiralty Islands. American Ethnologist, Vol, 12, No. 3, pages 505-522, pages 510-511.

FROM THE VIDEO: In 1928, there was an endless effort to repay debts to one another in the islands; marriage was purely a financial arrangement. Copra was the main export of the territory and Manus Islanders "were in the European world but not of it." In traditional times, as hard as life was for men it was harder for women: surrounded by various taboos.

"When the people of Peri beat the death drums as our canoe pulled away from the village in 1929, neither they nor I expected that I would ever return. ...In 1953, twenty-five years after the first field work in Peri village, I decided to go back in response to questions no one had answered about the incredible changes that had taken place in Manus and to find answers to new problems on the postwar world...." (Margaret Mead, New Lives For Old: Cultural Transformation in Manus, 1928-1953, 1966 edition, pp. xi-xii) ... "The transformation I witnessed in 1953 taught me a great deal about social change--change within one generation--and about the way a people who were well led could take their future in their own hands [stress added]." Margaret Mead, 1996, New Lives For Old, page: xiv & xii-xiii. ...

FROM THE VIDEO: In 1944, on the 2nd of March, American armed forces attacked the Japanese bases in the Admiralty Islands and eventually the islands were secured for the Allies and a huge American base was established for the continuation of the war in the Pacific against the Japanese.

CARGO CULTS [http://www.altnews.com.au/cargocult/jonfrum/] = "These revitalization movements (also designated as revivalist, nativistic, or millenarian) received their name from movements in Melanesia early in this century that were and are characterized by the belief that the millennium will be ushered in by the arrival of great ships loaded with European trade goods (cargo). The goods will be brought by the ancestral spirits and will be distributed to the natives who have acted in accordance to the dictates of the cults. Sometimes the cult leaders call for the expulsion of all alien elements, the renunciation of all things European on the part of the cult followers, and a return to the traditional way of life. In contrast, other cult leaders promise a future ideal life if followers abandon their traditional ceremonies and way of life in favor of copying European customs. Cargo cults, like other revitalization movements, develop in situations where there is extreme material and other inequality between societies in contact. Cargo cults attempt to explain and erase the differences in material wealth between natives and Europeans." D.E. Hunter & P. Whitten, Encyclopedia of Anthropology, 1976: 67.

NOTE: The nation of Papua New Guinea had an estimated year 2002 population of 5,711,000 and covers approximately 178,703 squares miles [California is 163,696 square miles].

"MARGARET MEAD. The century's foremost woman anthropologist, Margaret Mead [1901-1978] was an American icon. On dozens of field trips to study the ways of primitive [sic] societies, she found evidence to support her strong belief that cultural conditioning, not genetics, molded human behavior. That theme was struck most forcefully in Mead's 1928 classic, Coming of Age in Samoa. It described an idyllic pre-industrial society, free of sexual restraint and devoid of violence, guilt and anger. Her portrait of free-loving primitives [sic!] shocked contemporaries and inspired generations of college students--especially during the 1960s sexual revolution. But it may have been too good to be true. While few question Mead's brilliance or integrity, subsequent research showed that Samoan society is no more or less uptight than any other. It seems Mead accepted as fact tribal gossip embellished by adolescent Samoan girls happy to tell the visiting scientist what she wanted to hear [stress added]." Leon Jaroff, Time, March 29, 1999, page 183.

"Any account of Mead's work on Samoa [or perhaps all of her work?] must consider the controversy surrounding its accuracy. In 1983, several years after her death, Derek Freeman published his detailed refutation of her work. More recently, Freeman has continued his attack with attempts to prove that Mead built her description of adolescent sexuality on scanty information gleaned from a hoax perpetrated by her informants. He has also argued that she was young and credulous, that she had a poor grasp of the language, that she did not carry out her investigations properly, that Coming of Age in Samoa [1928] is littered with errors, that she twisted the facts to suit her (and Boas's and Benedict's) preconceptions, and that she was entirely wrong in her portrayal of Samoa [stress added]." Hilary Lapsley, 1999, Margaret Mead And Ruth Benedict: The Kinship of Women (Amherst: U Mass Press), pages 142-143.

For the 2002-2003 Academic Year, a total of 603 individuals received the Ph.D. in Anthropology: there were 401 females [66.51%] and 202 males [33.49%]; note, this includes degrees from Australia (13), Canada (41), Hong Kong (1), Mexico (3), Norway (6), and the United Kingdom (36). Source: The 2003-2004 American Anthropological Association Guide, page 606

"The single most important discovery for women explorers may be the freedom that lies at the heart of the very act of exploration." Reeve Lindberg, 2000, Introduction. Living With Cannibals And Other Women's Adventures, by Michele Slung (Washington, D.C., National Geographic Society), pages 1-7, page 2.


WEEK 9: BEGINNING Monday October 16, 2006

I. WEEK #8 TOPICS CONTINUED & CULTURE CHANGE

An understanding of the phenomenon of culture as that which differentiates human life from other life forms; an understanding of the roles of human biology and cultural processes in human behavior and human evolution.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Knowledge of the methodology appropriate to the sub-disciplines of anthropology and the capacity to apply appropriate methods when conducting anthropological research.

The ability to present and communicate in anthropologically appropriate ways anthropological knowledge and the results of anthropological research.

Knowledge of the history of anthropological thought.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook.
"Globalization [Overview], pages 340-343.
"Family and Kinship in Village India" by David W. McCurdy, pages 193-200.
"Uterine Families and the Women's Community" by Margery Wolf, pages 210-217.
"Japanese Hip-Hop and the Globalization of Popular Culture" by Ian Condry, pages 370-385.

III. APPROPRIATE VISUALS:
A.
VIDEO: CULTURE AND PERSONALITY
B. VIDEO HUNTERS OF THE SEAL (and see http://www.lib.uconn.edu/arcticcircle/ as well as http://www.nunanet.com/~nic/).
C. "In 1978, after three years of lobbying, a political organization called the Inuit Tapirisat of Canada won access to a government communications satellite and was given money to establish an experimental Inuit network." Igloos and Boob Tubes" by Mary Williams Walsh, 1992, The San Francscio Chronicle & Examiner, This World, December 27, 1992, page 3.

"The names Americans use for many American Indian tribes are derogatory. European Americans often learned what to call one tribe from a neighboring rival tribe. Throughout the world, naming has been a prerogative of power. With colonialism on the wane, calling natives by the name they use for themselves is gradually becoming accepted practice [stress added]." James W. Loewen, 1999, Lies Across America: What Our Historic Sites Get Wrong (NY: The New Press), pages 99-102.

SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

AFFINITY: A fundamental principle of relationship linking kin through marriage.

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surroundings, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

INCEST TABOO: The cultural rule that prohibits sexual intercourse and marriage between specified classes of relatives.

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regular cyclical rites.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

WORLD VIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.


CULTURE AND PERSONALITY = "Anthropologists have used the notion of personality to refer to characteristic behaviors and ways of thinking and feeling; they have used the notion of culture to indicate life-styles, ideas, and values which influence the behavior and mental life of people. ... Ruth Benedict [1887-1948] pioneered culture and personality studies with the book Patterns of Culture (1934). She believed that each culture is organized around a central ethos and is consequently an integrated configuration or totality. Through the internalization of the same cultural ethos people will come to share basic psychological structures....Margaret Mead [1901-1978], who was Benedict's first graduate student, followed a similar trend of thought. In Coming of Age in Samoa (1928) she showed that certain childrearing practises produce typical character structures among adults [stress added]." David E. Hunter & Phillip Whitten, 1976, Encyclopedia of Anthropology, pp. 103-104.

PLEASE NOTE the words of Derek Freeman: "In my book of 1983 evidence was amassed to demonstrate that Margaret Mead's conclusion of Coming of Age in Samoa, because it is at odds with the relevant facts, cannot possibly have been correct. It had become apparent that the young Margaret Mead had, somehow or other, made an egregious mistake. ... The making of mistakes by humans, in science as in all other forms of human activity, is altogether commonplace." Derek Freeman, 1996, Margaret Mead And The Heretic: The Making And Unmaking of an Anthropological Myth, pages vi and xii-xiii.

NATIONAL CHARACTER: An old approach: "Thus in Exodus, the Histories of Herodotus, and the Germania of Tacitus the authors try to set down the essential traits of the people....Generally the basic ideas and approaches of the culture and personality field are used--basic personality structure, modal personality, cultural character--except that the problems of adequate samnpling and sound generalizations are recognized to be greater." David E. Hunter & Phillip Whitten, 1976, Encyclopedia of Anthropology, p. 281)

FROM THE VIDEO: Impact of World War II on National Character research. ... "We can only learn to respect how precious and unique our separate cultures and personalities are to cherish that being we call a person."

FROM} The San Francisco Chronicle, March 30, 2001} "He climbed into his Mitsubishi Zero airplane, flew away east towards the rising sun, south towards Okinawa and the American enemy. He was a kamikaze pilot, it was May 11, 1945, and it was suicide. He dived straight down on the carrier Bunker Hill, dropped a single bomb, never pulled out of the dive, crashed into the ship. He died instantly, every bone in his body was broken. The attack set off huge fires and explosions. Four hundred and ninety-six Americans died with him. The Bunker Hill, badly damaged, was knocked out of the war. His name was Kiyoshi Ogawa. To Americans, he was a fanatic. To his countrymen, he was a hero. He was 22 years old [stress added]." Carl Nolte, 2001, Doing His Duty. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 30, 2001, pages A1 and A23, page A23.

"Especially toward the desperate final stages of World War II, Japan used its men as if they were mere amunition, dispatching countless numbers on suicide missions. 'Duty is heavier than a mountain, while death is lighter than a feather,' went the imperial rescript to soldiers [stress added]." Norimitsu Onoshi. 2003, Japan Heads to Iraq, Haunted By Taboo Bred in Another War. The New York Times, November 19, 2003, pages A1 + A4, page A1.

"After years of controversy, Tokyo now has a national museum chronicling the events of World War II. But it is a portrait cleansed of Pearl Harbor, Hiroshima, Japanese atrocities and almost any direct reference to the front lines. The transformation of the Showa Hall museum, which opened in March [1999], from a war memorial into a bland exhibition of wartime life shows how difficult it still is for Japan to reckon with its past. Half a century after Japan's surrender, debate still rages....[stress added]." Yuri Kageyama, 1999, Japan's War Museum Has Spotty Memory. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 1, 1999, page A14.

"Indeed, Margaret Mead has been criticized, most notably by the Australian anthropologist Derek Freeman [1916-2001], for mionimizing the biological aspects of childrearing. According to Freeman, Mead was so eager to demonstrate the definitive role of culture in human society that she was insensitive to fundamental human drives and motives, while overly accepting accounts that suggested the singularity of a culture. From today's vantage point, we might conclude that Mead was attempting to demonstrate the importance of cultural factors to a biologically oriented social science community, while Freeman was reacting to a cultural concensis that Mead and her colleagues had succeeded in establishing at mid-century [stress added]." Howard Gardner, 2001, Introduction to the Perrenial Classics Edition. Growing Up in New Guinea, 1930 (by Margaret Mead), page xxi.

"China and many other developing nations are rushing with equal speed into an emerging pandemic of heart disease.... Heart disease is poised to pitch China, with its 1.2 billion people, into a costly public health crisis. Already 40% of the deaths in China result from heart disease or strokes. ... By the end of last year [2001], the Chinese could eat locally at more than 400 McDonald's restaurants and about 600 KFC restaurants [stress added]." Steve Sternberg, 2002, World prospers, hearts suffer. USAToday, November 18, 2002, pages D1 + D2.


HUNTERS OF THE SEAL: A TIME OF CHANGE = 1976 = "In 1967, 32 pre-fabricated houses were flown to an isolated area of the Arctic by the Canadian Government. This ended a way-of-life that had existed for thousands of years--the Nomadic wanderings of the Netsilik Eskimos. [May 15, 1970 = 196 individuals in Pelly Bay, consisting of 39 families (with 42 snowmobiles)].

"We either hunt together or we die." ... In traditional times, the Netsilik had a preoccupation with "survival" in their environment. ..."The hunter must remain on good terms with the animal he hunts."
"[Today] The Netsilik are at the mercy of an outside world they cannot control."

"Northbound weather patterns carry U.S.-generated pollution to Canada's Nunavut territory, where it accumulates in the local ecosystem. ... For example, the cotton crops pesticide toxaphene, which was banned in North America in 1982, is still found in Arctic wildlife, thousands of miles from where the checmical was once widely used. Once in the Arctic, the cold, dry climate impedes the breakdown of these hitchhiking contaminants causing them to build up and magnify as they move up the food chain. Ultimately the pollution reaches Inuit people whose diet is rich in fatty meat where the chemicals tend to be most concentrated." K.L. Capozza, 2001, Spoiled Tundra. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 11, 2001, page A4.

In traditional times: "The nuclear family, consisting of the father, mother, and children, was the most important social unit among the Netsilik Eskimos. It was characterized by continuous co-residence, sexual division of labor between the spouses in various technological activities, sexual intimacy between husband and wife, and child rearing. The nuclear family [however] was not completely independent in the accomplishment of many of these important functions, but had to align itself continuously with other families, closely or distantly related, to become part of larger groupings. Sometimes such wider alignments were determined by the inexorable necessity of collaboration in hunting. ... Under no circumstance could the Netsilik nuclear family survive for prolonged periods isolated by itself among the rigors of the Arctic wilderness. ... The nuclear family was always part of a larger kinship group....called the extended family. ... In addition to kinship, the necessity to collaborate in subsistence activities and food distribution was an important binding force in Netsilik society. .. Collaboration is not only an objective necessity related to the technology and strategy of hunting or fishing but a recognized behavioral norm [stress added]." [Asen Balicki, The Netsilik Eskimo, 1970: 101-130]

"The simplcity [!] of the Netsilik material culture, and the small scale of the social system, made this case study idea for teacing young children about the nature of human society. Each adult man and woman possesses the knowledge necessary for carrying out his or her role successfully in this demanding environment. A married couple living and working together, perhaps accompanied by a few friends or relatives, constitute a self-sufficient economic unit in the summertime when stone weir fishing is the primary susbsistence activity. The fall caribou hunt requires a more extensice collaboration between hunters and beaters, and here we find larger family groups living together. But it is in winter, the harshest time of year, when we see the culture in its most elaborated form and experience its power to sustain human life. Winter presents the greatest challenge, since food is scarce, darkness prevails, and snow, wind, and bitter cold are a constant danger. Survival depends almost entirely on mutual support and the success of the seal hunt. Here kin and nonkin collaborate to pursue this highly intelligent and elusive creature upon which their lives depend, which lives in a world concealed beneath the sea ice, occasionally surfacing for aur at one of fifteen or twenty widely separated breathing holes. To locate and harpoon a seal through one of these hidden breathing places requires enormous patience and skill, and anyone who has witnessed it in Balikci's films comes away with a deeper appreciation of the enormous ingenuity that has made human life possible under these extreme conditions. The successful hunter ritually shares his catch with the rest of the camp according to patterns established by ancient custom, thus ensuring that, if one hunter triumphs, no one will starve during this brutally difficult time of year [stress added]." Peter B. Dow, 1991, Schoolhouse Politics: Lessons from the Sputnik Era (Harvard University Press), page 123.

FROM THE VIDEO: In traditional times, the Netsilik had their Holy Men = "Shamans who knew how to manipulate the spirits of their old world." ... "Until the mid-1960's Zachary Itimagnac and his family lived the nomadic life of the Eskimo hunter in the Pelly Bay region of the Arctic. Then the Canadian Government introduced measures to provide heated dwellings, a school, a hospital, medical care, a cooperative, air transportation." See CSUChico FILM #12688/89 entitled Yesterday/Today: The Netsilik Eskimos] ...

FROM THE VIDEO: "Today the kids don't get a chance to see the traditional ways of doing things. .. With the introduction of the permanent houses in Pelly Bay, the Netsilik could begin to accumulate possessions for the first time." Balicki states that "school" has the "most profound influence on these people."
AND SEE: http://www.arctictravel.com/ [The Nunavut Handbook]

In The Late 1970s: "Following a multiplicity of factors, gradually the nuclear family emerges as the basic economic unit. ...The nuclear family appears increasingly today as economically autonomous." .. The income of the Eskimo is mostly derived from stone carvings, family allowances, and old age pensions. Their houses are owned by the government which also supplies heat and electricity. The tenant pays rent which is pro-rated to his income. Zachary Itimagnac, whose income is under $1200/year, pays $15 a month in rent. Most of Zachary's income goes for up-keep on his snowmobile, and for the purchase of clothing, tea, and tobacco [stress added]."

"I want to try the things we used to do.
The things I have forgotten.
It's only now that I have begun to think of the old ways.
I realize I have forgotten the things we used to do.
But they have advised me to try them again.
Hunting in the Springtime.
It's a lot of fun.
But they have advised me to try hunting the way we used to.
I want to try the things I have forgotten
Because they have advised me
To do them again.
I realize I have forgotten
The things we used to do.
But they have advised me to try them again."
(source: Hunters of The Seal: A Time Of Change, 1976)


WEEK 10: BEGINNING Monday October 23, 2006

I. NATIVE AMERICANS: PAST, PRESENT, AND FUTURE AND BEGINNING JANE GOODALL.

"Chimps in Peril. Famed naturalist Jane Goodall issued a warning that chimpanzees across central Africa are coming under a grave threat due to commercial hunting, wars and increased logging in the region. She told reporters that new logging roads allow the hunters to now go deep into the forest where they kill the primates and shop their smoked meat off to be eaten in exotic restaurrants. Goodall warned that the entire chimp population across 21 African nations has declined from about 2 million a century ago to 220,000 today. 'Because they are very slow breeders and give birth only at five-year intervals, the species could be on its way to extinction if nothing is done to protect the animals and their habitat,' Goodall said [stress added]." Earthweek: A Diary of the Planet, by Steve Newman, The San Francisco Chronicle, July 7, 2001, page A4.

"When Goodall [born 1934 -> ] came to Gombe in the 1960s, about 150 chimpanzees inhaibted the area. Today about a hundred survive in the dwindling forest. 'When the first satellite images were taken of Gombe in 1972, there was little difference between what was inside the parl and what was outside,' says conservation biologist Lilian Pintea of the University of Minnesota .... Today Gombe, only eight miles wide, is surrounded by farms and people, including thousands of refugees fleeing violence in nearby countries [stress added]." In an article by] Jane Goodall, 2003, Update Lessons From Gombe, Tanzania. The National Geographic, April 2003, pages 76-89, pages 80-81.

"Robben Island was used at various times between the 17th and the 20th century as a prison, a hospital for socially unacceptable groups, and a military base. Its buildings, and in particular those of the late 20th century, such as the maximum security prison for political prisoners, bear witness to the triumph of democracy and freedom over oppression and racialism."http://whc.unesco.org/sites/916.htm [Robben Island, South Africa} 1999]

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook (and you are supposed to be finished with Darwin For Beginners).
"Cocaine and the Economic Deterioration of Bolivia" by Jack Weatherford, pages 154-164.
"Using Anthropology" [repeat] by David W. McCurdy, pages 422-435.

III. CHANGE AS THE NATURAL / CULTURAL ORDER OF THINGS
A. Remember some words from the first Week?

"In a way, looking back at the past 20 years is like going to your high school reunion: Everyone there looks somewhat the same, but everything has completely changed. Twenty years ago, only doctors had pagers, there were no cell phones, no personal computers, no ATM machines, no Internet, no Starbucks. San Francisco looked like a smaller Manhattan, and San Jose looked like a smaller Los Angeles." San Francisco Chronicle, May 30, 1999, page 1.

B. Exploration/Exploitation:

"No one has ever doubted that Columbus attained South America (although not until 1498), and he did trace along Central America in 1502. But no scholar of history has ever claimed that he did discover North America. His real contribution was to prove the reliability of the Atlantic trade winds, which had been discovered in previous decades by the Portuguese and others exploring for islands [stress added]." James R. Enterline, 2002, Erikson, Eskimos & Columbus: Medieval European Knowledge of America (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press), page 215.

"When Columbus set sail from Spain in 1492, he speculated that his fastest route to the gold and spices of the Orient was west by sea. After 33 days of sailing, Columbus was within sight of land and assumed he was approaching Asia. He had no idea that the Carribean island before him was the doorstep to two 'unknown' continents. Neither Columbus nor the islands inhabitants who greeted him could have predicted the global consequences of the encounter that began that day. Seeds of Change [video and 1991 book] commemorates the 500th anniversary of Columbus's voyage by focusing on the exchange of plants, animals, and peoples that resulted. Five 'seeds'--corn, potatoes, diseases, horses, and sugar--form the core of this exhibition which tells the story of 500 years of encounter and exchange" [stress added] (1991 Smithsonian Institution brochure).

"The slave trade was responsible for one of the largest human migrations the world has ever seen. Even before Europeans began shipping African slaves to the New World, millions were sent to Europe, the Middle East, and as far away as China. ... The flow of Africans to the New World eventually exceeded that to the Old. Between the early 1500s, when the first slaves were transported directly from Africa to the Americas, and 1870, when the last verified shipment of African slaves made landfall in Cuba, approximately 12 million enslaved Africans traveled across the Atlantic. Africans quickly became a major portion of the population in the Americas, especially as indigenous poplations were decimated by Old World diseases. As late as 1800, several times as many Africans as Europeans lives in the New World [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering the Past Through Our Genes (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company), page 57.

C. Native Americans and Continuous Culture Change and Cahokia, Illinois.

"People create their own pasts by acknowledging what they choose to acknowledge. In the 1960 U.S. census -- the first that allowed people to classify themselves by racial category -- just over 500,000 people identified themselves as Native Americans. By the 1980 census more than 1.4 million said they were Native Americans. And in the 2000 census, which for the first time allowed people to identify themselves as belonging to one race, more than 4 million Americans marked 'Native American' on their census forms [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 206.

"Why Was Cahokia Abandoned? No other issue in scholarly circles is thornier than the question of Cahokia's abandonment. Why did the Mississippians leave this splendid constellation of mounds, buildings, plazas, council houses, lodges, palisades, and woodhenges behind them? Why does the site show no signs of human habitation from 1400 to about 1650, when Illini Indians moved into the area? Did circumstances foce the Mississippians to leave, or did they choose to take advantage of better resources in another place? Until new evidence is uncovered, we might content ourselves with a simple answer: we do not know why Cahokia was abandoned. But .... Climactic changes and environmental stress? ... Deforestation and an unintended suicide? ... Nutritional stress? ... Health and sanitation problems? ... Conflict? [stress added]." Sally A. Kitt Chappel, 2002, Cahokia: Mirror of the Cosmos (University of Chicago Press), pages 71-74.

"Had we been able to visit the coast of California between 5000 and 400 years ago we would have seen a remarkable sight. We could have wandered into large, permanent villages, some perhaps consisting of a thousand or more people. There we would have found a ruling elite, a working class, ritual specialists and skilled craftsmen and women, as well as extensive evidence of trade. While this kind of society may seem familiar, the thing that made the Californias special was that nowhere around these towns would you have seen fields or pasture. All of this social complexity was generated in the absence of agriculture [stress added]." Tim Flannery, 2001, The Eternal Frontier: An Ecological History of North America And Its People (NY: Atlantic Monthly Press), pages 239-240.

D. http://www.ota.gov/nativea.html [Native American Indian issues] and contemporary Native American Nations
E. Columbus and Discoveries [http://www.millersv.edu/~columbus/mainmenu.html]
F. FROM: The Sacramento Bee, April 27, 2001: "City from 2600 B.C. was ahead of its time. Researchers investigating a long-ignored Peruvian archaeological site say they have determined that it is the oldest city in the Americas, with a complex, highly structured society that flourished at the same time the pyramids were being built in Egypt. ... The 4,600 year old city....[stress added]."

"...organisms, and their microbial cousins, have an influence on life that is wholly disproportionate to their dimensions and invisibility. First, consider the difference in size between some of the very tiniest and the very largest creatures on earth. A small bacterium weighs as little as 0.000000000001 grams. A blue whale weighs about 100,000,000 grams. Yet a bacterium can kill a whale." Bernard Dixon, 1994, Power Unseen: How Microbes Rule The World, page xvii.

IV. PLEASE REMEMBER THE "SAMPLE" EXAM QUESTIONS AND MAP BELOW (AS WELL AS THE SELF-TEST ON THE WEB).


SPECIFIC TERMS FROM SPRADLEY & McCURDY's "GLOSSARY" pp. 447-451

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regularl cyclical rites.

REDISTRIBUTION: The transfer of goods and services between a group of people and a central collecting service based on role obligation. The U.S. income tax is a good example.

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

SOCIAL STRATIFICATION: The ranking of people or groups of based on their unequal access to valued economic resources and prestige.

SUBSISTENCE STRATEGIES: Strategies that are used by groups of people to exploit their environment for material necessities. Hunting and gathering, horticulture, pastoralism, agriculture, and iindustrialism are subsistence strategies.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.


NOTES ON NATIVE AMERICANS AND CONTINUOUS CULTURE CHANGE

REMEMBER FROM THE BEGINNING OF THE COURSE?: "A people who may have been ancestors of the first Americans lived in Arctic Siberia, enduring one of the most unforgiving environments on Earth at the height of the Ice Age, according to researchers who discovered the oldest evidence yet of humans living near the frigid gateway to the New World. Russian scientists uncovered a 30,000-year-old site where ancient hunters lived on the Yana River in Siberia, some 300 miles north of the Arctic Circle and not far from the Bering land bridge that then connected Asia with North America. ... The researchers found stone tools, ivory weapons and the butchered bones of mammoths, bison, bear, lion and hare, all animals that would have been available to hunters during that Ice Age period. Using a dating technique that measures the ratios of carbon, the researchers determined the artifacts were deposited at the site about 30,000 years before the present. That would be about twice as old as Monte Verde in Chile, the most ancient human life known in the American continents [stress added]." Paul Recer, 2004, Ice Age hunters' camp found in Siberia: Possible link to ancestors of 1st Americans. The San Francisco Chronicle, January 2, 2004, page A5.

"The English mistook the Indians' war chants for songs of welcome, while the Indians mistook the red wine the settlers offed them for blood. When Powhatan, the powerful Chesapeake chief, offered food to the Jamestown settlers, it was to signal the visitors' dependent status, allies who required his protection. To his delighted guests, however, the gesture had another meaning: proof of willing subordination. The Indians, the English agreed with relief, would become the docile subjects of King James. So went some of the culture clashes in the New World as Europeans and Native Americans encountered each other for the first time [stress added]." Emily Eakin, Think Tank: History You Can See, Hear, Smell, Touch and Taste. The New York Times, December 20, 2003, page A21.

"We need to understand that the encounter of European Americans with the geography and native peoples of America forms a decisive element in who we are now and need to become [stress added]." Jacob Needleman, 2002, The American Soul: Rediscovering the Wisdom of the Founders (NY: Jeremy P. Tarcher/Putnam), page 40.

"Columbus changed forever the history of the planet. But he did so by connecting two worlds of equal maturity, not by 'discovering' a new one. Knowing this, some find it easy to dismiss European insistence on calling America the New World as nothing more than Eurocentric arrogance. Convinced that Europe was synonymous with civilization, colonizing Europeans failed to see anything of value in Indian civilizations. They regarded Indian people as 'primitive' and viewed the land as virgin wilderness. Like other human beings, they were blind to much of what lay before them and instead took in what they wanted to. In a very real sense, however, America did exists as a new world for Europeans. America was more than just a place; it was a second opportunity for humanity--a chance, after the bloodlettings and the pogroms, the plagues and the famines, the political and religious wars, the social and economic upheavals, for Europeans to get it right this time. In the beginning, the American dream was a European dream, and it exerted emotional and motivational power for generations" [stress added]." Colin G. Galloway, 1997, New Worlds For All: Indians, Europeans, and the Remaking of Early America, page 10.

"In 1589 the Jesuit scholar José de Acosta, who lived and traveled widely in South America, proposed that native Americans were descended from people who had migrated from Siberia. More than four hundred years later, Acosta's idea has held up pretty well. Perhaps 75 million people were living in North and South America when Columbus reached the New World in 1492. Most, perhaps all, of their ancestors have been shown to be people from Asia who made their way across what is today the bering Strait. The questions--and the controversies--lie entirely in the details. The single most contentious question concerns the dates of these migrations [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 195-196.  

"People create their own pasts by acknowledging what they choose to acknowledge. In the 1960 U.S. census -- the first that allowed people to classify themselves by racial category -- just over 500,000 people identified themselves as Native Americans. By the 1980 census more than 1.4 million said they were Native Americans. And in the 2000 census, which for the first time allowed people to identify themselves as belonging to one race, more than 4 million Americans marked 'Native American' on their census forms [stress added]." Steve Olson, 2002, Mapping Human History: Discovering The Past Through Our Genes (Boston/New York: Houghton Mifflin Co.), page 206.

On the Mashantucker Pequot: "The Pequot War of 1636-37 paved the way for the establishment of English hegemony in southern New England." Alfred A. Cave, 1996, The Pequot War (U Mass press), page 1.

"The Spanish and French who first saw these hillocks found it difficult to believe them to be the deliberate creations of mankind. They were so much larger than any work of architecture known to them. The entire facade of the Palace of the Louvre, in Paris, can fit easily within the space surrounded by the D-shaped earthen rings at Povery Point, Louisiana, built at the same time as Stonehenge. The Papal Basilica of St. Peter in Rome, complete with its plaza and gardens, could be placed within the circular embankement at Watson Brake [Louisiana], which is probably at least a thousand years older than Poverty Point [stress added]." Roger G. Kennedy, 1996, Hidden Cities: The Discovery And Loss of Ancient North American Civilization , page 8.

"The pucará [fortress] of Sascahuamán [in Perú, South America] is not only one of the greatest single structures ever built in preliterate America, but it is also unlike its counterparts in that we know the identity of its architects, who gave their names to the three gateways to the fortress. …'The first and principal one was Huallpu Rimanchi Inca, who designed the general plan…. [citing Garcilasco de la Vega, born in Cuzco, Perú, in 1535]. … The fortress was built into a limestone outcrop 1,800 feet long, and formed of three tiers of walls rising to fifty feet high.The precise Inca records, as revealed in their quipus, state that '20,000 labourers, in continuous relays', worked for sixty-eight years to build Sascahuamán [stress added]." Victor Wolfgang von Hagen, 1976, The Royal Road of the Inca (London: Gordon Cremonesi Ltd), page 93.

"The truth about California Indians isn't pleasant. Driven from the land that sustained them, decimated by unfamiliar diseases, they were hunted to near-extinction during the Gold Rush. Once estimated at 300,000, only 15,000 remained by the 1900 census. Almost 95 percent of the original population had vanished." Anon., July 7, 2002, Native California still determined to set historical record straight [stress added]." The Chico Enterprise-Record, page 1D.

"Ishi is in the news again, and again his story is a poignant reflection of our society. Ishi's saga begins in the 1860s. White settlers in this area had either enslaved, murdered, or expelled the Maidu [Native Americans] from the valley, but had not yet subdued the Yahi, who were protected by the remote and tortuous terrain of Deer and Mill Creek canyons, and could survive on the limited resources of that area supplemented with goods gathered on occasional raids of the settlers' ranches. These raids were met with retaliatory attacks, and violence escalated. In 1862, three white children were killed, and in response the settlers resolved to destroy the entire native population. The genocide of the Yahi was ferocious and absolute. ... By 1870 the Yahi population, once in the hundreds, was five. For the next 41 years this small group hid themselves along Dear Creek. In 1911, the last survivor [subsequently named], Ishi, reappeared in the white man's world, ironically at a slaughterhouse [stress added]." Tim Bousquet, The Chico News & Review, June 12, 1997, Vol. 20, No. 46, page 8. And please see: Theodora Kroeber, 1961, Ishi In Two Worlds: A Biography of the Last Wild Indian in North America (Berkeley: UC Press).

"...the bloody years of Yana history: 1850-1872. It was in the early 'sixties that the whole white population of the Sacramento Valley was in an uproar of rage and fear over the murder of five white children by hill Indians--probably Yahi. But the soberly estimated numbers of kidnappings of Indian children by whites in California to be sold as slaves or kept as cheap help was, between the years 1852 and 1867, from three to four thousand; evey Indian woman, girl, and girl-child was potentially and in thousands of cases actually subject to repeated rape, to kidnapping, and to prostitution. Prostitution was unknown to aboriginal California, as were the venereal diseases which accounted for from forty to as high as eighty per cent of Indian deaths during the first twenty years following the gold rush [stress added]." Theodora Kroeber, 1961, Ishi In Two Worlds: A Biography of the Last Wild Indian in North America (Berkeley: UC Press), page 46.

STATEMENT about ISHI from Dr. Saxton Pope: "[Ishi] looked upon us as sophisticated children--smart, but not wise. We knew many things, and much that is false. He knew nature, which is always true. His were the qualities of character that last forever. He was kind; he had courage and self-restraint, and though all had been taken from him, there was no bitterness in his heart. His soul was that of a child, his mind that of a philosopher [stress added]." From: James Freeman, 1992, Ishi's Journey: From The Center to the Edge of the World (Happy Camp, CA: Naturegraph), back cover.

NOTE ELSEWHERE / ELSEWHEN: "There are various estimated and several arguments about the social, cultural, and physical damage caused by the 1838 [Cherokee] removal. The main portions of all five tribes were uprooted and the people became socially disoriented, their town and clan organizations disrupted. ... How many Cherokees and their slaves died? The answer is a mystery, enhanced, complicated by decades. In the detention camps, from three hundred to two thousand died, depending on the authority accepted; on the trail, from five hundred to two thousand. In other words, the answer is a combined total of between eight hundred and four thousand." John Ehle, 1988, Trail of Tears: The Rise And Fall Of The Cherokee Nation (NY: Anchor), page 390.

"What do the Indian nations of Arizona, California, Connecticut, Minnesota, Oregon, Washington and several other states have now that they did not have 15 years ago? The answer is political clout. ... According to Bill Eadington, a specialist in gambling economics at the University of Nevada-Reno, by the end of the decade the Indian casinos in California will be raking in $5.1 billion to $10.3 billion a year in gambling revenues. He said about half of this will be profits. The $5.1 billion figure is still higher than the income generated by the entire Las Vegas strip casinos [stress added]." Tim Giago, 2000, Jury Still Out On Indian Gaming's Impact. The San Francisco Chronicle, July 30, 2000, page 5.

NOTE on the Mashantucket Pequot Tribe: "The tiny Mashantucket Pequot tribe--grown wealthy by casino profits--is putting the finishing touches on a $135 million museum that resurrects a nearly forgotten past. The Mashantucket Pequot Museum and Research Center, which celebrates the lives of American Indians of southeastern Connecticut, open Aug. 11 [1998]. The 308,000-square-foot complex is set on the tribe's reservation, also home to the Foxwoods Resort Casino. ... The money to build the museum comes from the tribe's casino.... The Pequot tribe, which has about 400 members, got assistance from about 50 other tribes, from helping to reproduce artifacts to sharing oral histories and providing original artwork [stress added]." Anon., 1998, The Washington Post, August 4, 1998, page C10.

"Foxwoods Resort Casino reported a net slot win of $67.7 million for the month of March [2006]. The figure was $650,000 under the amount reported for the corresponding period in 2005....The casino's owners, the Mashantucket Pequot Tribal Nation, also reported today a $16.9 million contribution to Connecticut for March, increasing to $152.6 million the amount given to the state since the end of its last fiscal year in June, 2005, and to m ore than $2.241 billion since January, 1993 [stress added]." Anon., 2006, The Pequot Times, page 10.

"Imagine a California with 40 or more Foxwood-sized gaming facilities, many lining the thoroughfares leading from Southern California to the Nevada border, each aggressively wooing the millions of customers from the population centers of Anaheim and San Diego to the gambling meccas of Las Vegas, Reno, Stateline, and Laughlin. That's the doomsday prediction of some gaming observers watching the action in California.... [stress added]" (Matt Connor, 1998, "Nevada's Bad California Dream" in International Gaming & Wagering Business, July 1998, page 1, pages 26-31, page 1 and 26).

"Although Indian casinos are not required to make public their revenues, the fact that Thunder Valley is operated by a publicly traded company, Station Casinos Inc., does afford some grounds for educated guesses. Station, which collects 24 percent of the casino's net revenues in exchange for handling the day-to-day management, recently told its stockholders it expects to make from $65 million to $75 million in annual fees at Thunder Valley. That would mean total net annual revenues for the tribe of around $270 million to $300 million per year, figures that tribal officials do not dispuite with any vigor.... Even at $270 million a year, that projects to at least $200 million for the 240-member tribe by next July. And, that, just for perspective, projects to about $739,726 a day, $30,840 an hour or $514 a minute [stress added]." Steve Wiegand, 2003, Cautious Optimism, The Sacramento Bee, November 24, 2003, page A1 + A15.

FOR THUNDER VALLEY, May 2004: "An average daily attendance of 8,000 to 10,000 people.... A total amount gambled, incluing money that is won and then re-bet, of well-over $5 billion - or a dozen times large than the operating budget fir Sacramento County, Total net profits to the 240-member tribe and Station Casinos, the Las Vegas-based company that operates the casino for the tribe, of more than $300 million." Steve Wiegand, 2004, Thunder Valley deals mostly a winning hand. The Sacramento Bee, May 30, 2004, pages A1-A3.

"...[A May 2006] report provides a snapshot of a fast-growing [gambling] industry in transition--a business that's generating at least $13 billion in annual revenue but also contributing to a variety of social ills, including gambling addiction and increased crime....As of 2004, Indian casinos accounted for almost half of all gambling revenue in California--an estimated $5.78 billion....Sixty-six of California's 108 federally recognized Indian tribes have compacts to run casinos, and 61 are already operating gambling centers [stress added]." David Lazarus, 2006, State's gambling in dustry yields astounding data. The San Francisco Chronicle, June 4, 2006, pages F1-F2. [For the complete 176-page report by Charlene Wear Simmons entitled Gambling in the Golden State: 1998 Forward, prepared for California Attorney general Bill Lockyer, see: http://www.library.ca.gov/html/statseg2a.cfm.]


POSSIBLE EXAM II QUESTIONS FOR FRIDAY NOVEMBER 3, 2006 EXAM II:

1. Ishi, the "last" of the California Native Americans was "found" in: (a) 1859; (b) 1911; (c) 1929; (d) 1949.

2. The phrase "Trail of tears" referred to in the Guidebook referred to: (a) Tasmanian relocations; (b) the rise & fall of the Cherokee nation; (c) Spanish Missions in California; (d) Ishi's move to San Francisco.

3. Anthropologists who do research in "culture and personality" are generally interested in: (a) modal personality; (b) basic personality structure; (c) cultural character; (d) all-of-the-above.

4. In "traditional" times, the Netsilik Eskimo of North America had their holy men, called: (a) pilchuks; (b) Big-Men; (c) shamans; (d) Itimagnacs.

5. According to Barnett (in this Guidebook), European mastery of large parts of the globe was due to: (a) racial superiority; (b) possession of gunpowder; (c) possession of iron; (d) both b + c.

6. TRUE FALSE Robben Island was used at various times between the 17th and the 20th century as a prison, a hospital for socially unacceptable groups, and a military base.

7. TRUE FALSE The "city" of Cahokia never had a population over 1,000 individuals.

8. TRUE FALSE Tasmanians entered that island from a land bridge from New Zealand.

9. TRUE FALSE François Peron has been described as an early anthropologist.

10. TRUE FALSE The process of differential survival and reproduction that results in changes in gene frequencies and in the characteristics that the genes encode is termed "natural selection."

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FALL2006TESTTwo.htm by Friday October 27, 2006, to assist you in examination #2.


MAPS TO BE USED FOR EXAM II FOR FRIDAY November 3, 2006

 

And also remember: http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/euroquiz.html as well as http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/asiaquiz.html.


 WEEK 11: BEGINNING Monday October 30, 2006

I. JANE GOODALL AND TO THE FUTURE, CREATIVITY, AND REVIEW AND EXAM II (25%) on Friday November 3, 2006.

A positive appreciation of the diversity of contemporary and past human cultures and an awareness of the value of anthropological perspectives and knowledge in contemporary society.

A knowledge of the substantive data pertinent to the several sub disciplines of anthropology and familiarity with major issues relevant to each.

Familiarity with the forms of anthropological literature and basic data sources and knowledge of how to access such information.

II. READINGS in Spradley & McCurdy, 2006, Conformity And Conflict, as well as below in this Guidebook; and you should be finished with Darwin For Beginners since it will be on EXAM II.
"Career Advice for Anthropology Undergraduates" by John T. Omohundro, pages 436-446.

III. CULTURE CHANGE AND APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY
A.
What is Change? and How does Change take place?
B. What is Creativity? and The Global Society (Continued)
C. You may also wish to read a brief essay on the Galápagos Islands by Urbanowicz, which may be viewed by clicking here: ESSAY #8, the final essay, at the end of this printed Guidebook.)

Isaac Asimov (1920-1992)} "What is lacking in a teenager is not intelligence or reasoning ability, but merely experience." Janet Jeppson Asimov, 2002, Isaac Asimov: It's Been a Good Life (NY: Prometheus Books), page 125.

"Anyone who stops learning is old, whether at twenty or eighty. Anyone who keeps learning stays young. The greatest thing in life is to keep your mind young." Henry Ford [1863-1947]

"'The best thing for being sad,' replied Merlyn, beginning to puff and blow, 'is to learn something. That is the only thing that never fails. You may grow old and trembling in your anatomies, you may lie awake at night listening to the disorder of your veins, you may miss your only love, you may see the world about you devastated by evil lunatics, or know your honour trampled in the sewers of baser minds. There is only one thing for it then--to learn. Learn why the world wags and what wags it. That is the only thing which the mind can never exhaust, and never dream of regretting. Learning is the thing for you. Look at what a lot of things there are to learn--pure science, the only purity there is. You can learn astronomy in a lifetime, natural history in three, literature in six. And then, after you have exhausted a milliard lifetimes in biology and medicine and theocriticism and geography and history and economics--why, you can start to make a cartwheel out of the appropriate wood, or spend fifty years learning to begin to learn to beat your adversary at fencing. After that you can start again on mathematics, until it is time to learn to plough [stress added].'" E.B. White [1899-1985], 1939, The Once And Future King (1967 G.P. Putnam edition), page 183.

"Darwin's work, in particular, radically unnerved thousands who held a biblical view of humankind's historical story; and to this day the implications of his thinking for biology (and even psychology and sociology) have been profound. He himself became an agnostic and saw no great overall moral or philosophical meaning in the long chronology of our being, which he regarded, rather, as a story of acidents and incidents, of chance and circumstance as they all came to bear on 'natural selection.' Although Copernicus [1473-1543] and Galileo [1564-1642] and Newton [1642-1727] have been absorbed, so to speak, by traditional Christianity, by no means has Darwin's view of our origin and destiny been universally integrated into the teachings, the theology, of many religions that rely upon the Bible for their instpiration, their sense of who we are, where we came from, how our purpose here ought to be described. It was one thing for scientists to probe the planets, declare that this place we inhabit is only one spot in a seemingly endless number of places in an ever expanding universe, or to examine closely our body's cells, or othse of other creatures; it was quite another matter to suggest that we ourselves are merely an aspect of an ever changing nature, that our 'origin' was not 'divine' but a consequence of a biological saga of sorts [stress added]." Robert Coles, 1999, The Secular Mind (Princeton University Press), pages 50-51.

IV. FOR INFORMATION
A.
The Applied Anthropology Computer Network (http://www.acs.oakland.edu/~dow/anthap.html)
B. http://www.janegoodall.org/ [Jane Goodall].
C. http://www.uacg.org/ [United Anglers of Casa Grande, Petaluma, CA]

On the hatchery at Adobe Creek, California: "The hatchery was dedicated on April 25, 1993, as students unfurled their banner: 'Together we will change the world' [from the United Anglers of Casa Grande high School, Petaluma, CA.] [stress added]." SEE: Malcolm McConnel, 1999, Miracle at Adobe Creek. The Reader's Digest, Vol. 154, No. 924, pages 78-84, page 84.

"My reasons for hope are fourfold: (1) the human brain; (2) the resilience of nature; (3) the energy and enthusiasm that is found or can be found or can be kindled among young people worldwide; and (4) the indomitable human spirit [stress added]." Jane Goodall [with Phillip Berman], 1999, Reason For Hope: A Spiritual Journey (NY: Warner Books), page 233.

FINALLY, Urbanowicz likes and appreciates the words of Thomas Jefferson [1743-1826] as provided by Silvio A. Bedini, 2002, Jefferson And Science (Monticello: Thomas Jefferson Foundation), page 107, from an 1818 letter of Jefferson:

"When I contemplate the immense advances in science and discoveries in the arts which have been made within the period of my life, I look forward with confidence to equal advances by the present generation, and have no doubt they will consequently be as much wiser that we have been as we than our fathers were and they than the burners of witches [stress added]." Silvio A. Bedini, 2002, Jefferson And Science (Monticello: Thomas Jefferson Foundation), page 107.

V. AND TO RETURN TO THE BEGINNING OF AUGUST 21, 2006:

WHY MAN CREATES / The Edifice: A series of explorations, episodes, & comments on creativity:

Mumble, mumble, roar!
The lever.
Harry, do you realize you just invented the wheel?
I know, I know.

Bronze, Iron.
Halt.
All was in chaos 'til Euclid arose and made order.

What is the good life?
And how do you lead it?
Who shall rule the state?
The philosopher king.
The aristocrat.
The people.
You mean all the people? 

What is the nature of the good?
What is the nature of justice?
What is happiness? 

Hail Caesar!
Roman law is now in session.

Allah be praised, I've invented the zero.
What?
Nothing, nothing.

What is the shape of the earth?
Flat.
What happens when you get to the edge?
You fall off.
Does the earth move?
Never!

The earth moves.
The earth is round.
The blood circulates.
There are worlds smaller than ours.
There are worlds larger than ours. 

Hey, whatya doing?
I'ma paintin' the ceiling.
Whatya doing?
I'ma paintin' the floor.

Darwin says man is an animal.
Rot. Man is not an animal.
Animal.
Man.
Is.
Isn't. 

Hmmm. Shall we start from the beginning?

I'm a bug, I'm a germ.
Louie Pasteur!
I'm not a bug, I'm not a germ. 

Think it will work Alfred?
Let's give it a try.
Whatya think?
It worked.

All men are created equal....
Life, Liberty, and the pursuit....
Workers of the world....
Government of the people by the people....
The world must be made safe....
The war to end all wars....
A league of nations....
I see one third of a nation ill-housed....
One world....

Help!

# # #


WEEK 12: BEGINNING Monday November 6, 2006

I. PRESENTATIONS begin on Monday November 6 (and those presenting must have a one-page handout of their presentation to distribute to your classmates on the day of the presentation) and remember, the university will be closed on Friday November 10, 2006 (Veteran's Day observed).

II. PLEASE remember the information on "Participation / Paper Presentation" below.

III. REMEMBER, Tuesday November 7, 2006, is election day!

AS the CN&R of September 16, 2004 pointed out: "Only 32 percent of 18-to-24-years-olds voted in the last election. For more information, got to http://www.newvotersproject.org/.

"An overwhelming majority of a miniscule number of Chico State university students decided everybody on campus will be paying higher fees at least through 2009. By a margin of 749 to 42, students at Chico State approved a referendum calling for a $14-a-semester fee to fund campus athletics. The total voter turnout amounted to 4.9 percent of the 16,251 eligible students [stress added]." Roger H. Aylworth, 2002, minority Rules: Chico State Approves Sports Fee. Enterprise-Record, May 11, 2002, page 1.


WEEK 13: BEGINNING Monday November 13, 2006

I. PRESENTATIONS continue on Monday and Wednesday and remember, there will be NO CLASS on Friday November 17, 2006 (American Anthropological Association Meetings in San Jose, California).


WEEK 14: THANKSGIVING BREAK: MONDAY, NOVEMBER 20, 2006 - > FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 2006 !


WEEK 15: MONDAY, November 27, 2006

I. PRESENTATIONS on Monday, Wednesday, and Friday of this week.


WEEK 16: BEGINNING Monday December 4, 2006

I. PRESENTATIONS Conclude. [And those presenting this day must have a one-page handout on the presentation to distribute to your classmates this day.] And your WRITING ASSIGNMENT (10%) IS DUE by Friday December 8, 2006. THIS WILL CONSIST of your one-page handout to the class and a brief (one-or-two page?) essay on your topic and Social Science.

II. Please remember the information on "Criteria of Writing Proficiency" below.

III. During Week One you read the following: "Anthropology enables us to discover the different cultural worlds that human groups create and inhabit, and to understand these worlds in terms other than our own. Anthropology helps us appreciate that each culture has its own distinctive ethos or world view, each with its own logic and coherence. Anthropology therefore serves as a bridge across cultures, making one intelligible to the other, preserving the integrity of each [stress added]." Riall Nolan, 2002, Development Anthropology: Encounters in the Real World (Westview Press), page 3. What do you think of these words now?!

IV. Please re-read and /or re-familiarize yourself with the following ten items (which you have already read): Seven are "Overviews" to the section headings and three are complete articles.

"Culture and Ethnography" by S& M [Overview], pages 1-5.
"Language and Communication" [Overview], pages 58-62.
"Conversation Style" Talking on the Job" by Debra Tannen, pages 93-101.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview], pages 102-106.
"Adaptive Failure: Easter's End" by Jared Diamond, pages 122-131.
"Economic Systems" [Overview], pages 142-145.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview] pages 178-181.
"Religion, Magic, and Worldview [Overview], pages 294-298.
"Baseball Magic" by George Gmelch, pages 306-315.
"Globalization [Overview], pages 340-343.

V. REMEMBER
A.
EXAM III (20%) based on the ten items from Spradley & McCurdy (listed immediately above) and
B.
Darwin For Beginners and Guidebook readings and
C. Forty-nine specific concepts below.
D. Map of the world: see below.
E. EXAM III (20% of your final grade) will consist of a World Map, Multiple-Choice, True/False, and a single (multi-part) Essay Question based on a Social Science 303 concept.

"At the end of your life, you will never regret not having passed one more test. not winning one more verdict or not closing one more deal. You will regret time not spent with a husband, a child, a friend or a parent [stress added]." Statement by Barbara Bush. In Alan Ross [Editor], 2001, Speaking of Graduating: Excerpts From Timeless Graduation Speeches (Nashville, TN: Walnut Grove Press), page 136.

V. AND THE FINAL URBANOWICZ QUOTES FOR FALL 2006:

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)

and finally

"The Moving Finger writes; and, having writ,
Moves on: nor all your Piety nor Wit
Shall lure it back to cancel half a Line,
Nor all your Tears wash out a Word of it."
From the 1859 publication of The Rubáiyát of Omar Khayyám [1048-1131] by
Edward Fitzgerald [1809-1883]

"I am an optimist. It does not seem too much use being anything else." Sir Winston Churchill [1874-1965].

"A teacher affects eternity;
he [or she!] can never tell
where his [or her] influence stops."
Henry Brooks Adams [1838-1918],
The Education of Henry Adams, chapter 20

Make a difference. Make a positive difference! (Charles F. Urbanowicz [1942- ]).

# # #


HERE ARE THE FORTY-NINE SPECIFIC CONCEPTS (WHICH HAVE BEEN DISCUSSED FOR FOUR WEEKS) AND WHICH WILL APPEAR IN SOME MANNER ON EXAM #3.

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

AGRICULTURE: A subsistence strategy involving intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of such means as the plow, irrigation, and fertilizer.

APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY: Any use of anthropological knowledge to influence social interaction, to maintain or change social institutions, or to direct the course of cultural change.

ARCHAEOLOGY: "The branch of anthroplogy that seeks to reconstruct the daily life and customs of peoples who lived in the past and to trace and explain cultural changes. Often lacking written records for study, archaeologists must try to reconstruct history from the material remains of human cultures." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 401.

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their rank.

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

CLASS: A system of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, but permitting individuals to alter their rank.

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

CULTURAL CONTACT: The situation that occurs when two societies with different cultures somehow come into contact with each other.

CULTURAL ECOLOGY: The study of the way people use their culture to adapt to particular environments, the effects they have on their natural surrounding, and the impact of the environment on the shape of culture, including its long-term evolution.

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

DIVISION OF LABOR: The rules that govern the assignment of jobs to people.

DNA: Deoxyribonucleic acid. [See: http://www.dnaftb.org/dnaftb/]

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

ETHNOLOGY: "In its most comprehensive usage, the science of peoples and cultures. Ethnology is contrasted with ethnography in that the latter is purely descriptive whereas the former is analytic and seeks to find generalizations." From: L.L.Langness, 2005, The Study of Culture: Third Edition (Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp), page 293.

EVOLUTION: "In the broadest sense, evolution is merely change, and so is all-pervasive; galaxies, languages, and political systems all evolve. Biological evolution ... is change in the properties of populations of organisms that transcend the lifetime of a single individual." [From: http://www.talkorigins.org/faqs/evolution-definition.html]

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

INTERNET: "The Internet is a shared network of government agencies, educational institutions, private organizations, and individuals from many nations. Many people refer to the Internet as the World Wide Web (WWW). The World Wide Web is made up of a collection of interconnected computers using the TCP/IP protocol language to communicate. The Internet is the largest network in the world." [From: http://mse.byu.edu/ecs/internet_defined.htm].

INNOVATION: A recombination of concepts from two or more mental configurations into a new pattern that is qualitatively different from existing forms.

LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

MAGIC: Strategies people use to control supernatural power to achieve particular results.

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in U.S. Culture.

MENDELIAN GENETICS: "...by recognising the deep logical structure of inheritance, and by designing experiments which would display this in an easily manageable symbolic notation." Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Look, 1982, Darwin For Beginners (NY: Pantheon), page 151.

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

PALEOANTHROPOLOGY: "The study of human fossil remains." From: L.L.Langness, 2005, The Study of Culture: Third Edition (Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp), page 296.

PASTORALISM: A subsistence strategy based on the maintenance and use of large herds of animals.

PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY: "The study of humans as physical organisms, dealing with the emergence and evolution of humans and with contemporary biological variations among human populations. Also called biological anthropology." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 404.

POLITICAL SYSTEM: The organization and process of making and carrying out public policy according to cultural categories and rules.

PRAYER: A petition directed at a supernatural being or power.

PREHISTORY: "The time before written records." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

PRIEST: A full-time religious specialist who intervenes between people and the supernatural, and who often leads a congregation at regular cyclical rites.

PRIMATOLOGIST: "Persons who study primates." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

REVITALIZATION MOVEMENT: A deliberate, conscious effort by members of a society to construct a more satisfying culture.

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events.

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

SOCIAL DARWINISM: "...a regretable idiocy known as Social Darwinism, according to which the ruthless economic competition displayed by capitalism should be encouraged in order to obtain an efficiency comparable to the one exhibited in nature." Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Look, 1982, Darwin For Beginners (NY: Pantheon), page 171.

STATUS: A culturally defined position associated with a particular social structure.

SUBSISTENCE STRATEGIES: Strategies that are used by groups of people to exploit their environment for material necessities. Hunting and gathering, horticulture, pastoralism, agriculture, and iindustrialism are subsistence strategies.

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

TABOO: "A prohibition that, if violated, is believed to bring a supernatural punishment." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 406.

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

TECHNOLOGY: The part of a culture that involves the knowledge that people use to make and use tools and to extract and refine raw materials.

WORLDVIEW: The way people characteristically look out on the universe.

WWW: "The World Wide Web is made up of a collection of interconnected computers using the TCP/IP protocol language to communicate. The Internet is the largest network in the world." [From: http://mse.byu.edu/ecs/internet_defined.htm]


WEEK 17: BEGINNING Monday December 11, 2006: FINALS WEEK

POTENTIAL QUESTIONS FOR MONDAY DECEMBER 11, 2006 (BUTTE HALL 505) from Noon -> 1:50pm.

1. Anthropologists look at various items to create "culture areas" around the world; these include: (a) Language; (b) Mythology; (c) Religion; (d) all-of-the-above.

2. According to Jared Diamond, all people exploit and often change their _____. (a) attitudes; (b) biology; (c) culture; (d) natural environments.

3. Agriculture is a subsistence strategy that involves intensive farming of permanent fields through the use of: (a) the plow; (b) irrigation; (c) fertilizer; (d) all-of-the-above.

4. Gmelch pointed out that American baseball players use magic to manage anxiety, including the use of: (a) ritual, (b) taboos, (c) fetishes, (d) all of the above.

5.The cultural knowledge that people use to settle disputes by means of agents who have recognized authority is called: (a) acculturation; (b) political elections; (c) colonialism; (d) law.

6. TRUE FALSEThe shared knowledge which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally is known as "Tacit Culture."

7. TRUE FALSE Tannen has pointed out that "gestures and smiles" play no part in her research into the "silent language."

8. TRUE FALSE "Allocation of resources" refes to the cultural rules people use to assign rights to ownership and use of resources.

9. TRUE FALSE A "Shaman" is defined as a full-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power.

10. TRUE FALSE According to Jared Diamond, Easter Island collapsed (or failed) because of extremely rapid environmental destruction.

A "sample" self-paced exam should be available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FA2006TESTThree.htm by MONDAY December 4, 2006, to assist you in the final examination.

MAP TO BE USED FOR EXAM III FOR SOSC 303-3 (Butte Hall 505) on MONDAY December 11, 2006, from Noon -> 1:50pm.

 

Source: http://www.worldatlas.com/webimage/world/polit/politf.htm

AND REMEMBER: http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/index.html


CRITERIA OF WRITING PROFICIENCY:

For the purpose of this class (SOCIAL SCIENCE 303), the minimal definition of "Writing Proficiency" encompasses all three of the levels described below. It is expected that anyone who receives a grade of "C-" or better in this class has achieved these levels of writing proficiency.

Level #1: Minimally, writing proficiency begins with the ability to construct meaningful sentences that follow the conventional rules of grammar, punctuation, and spelling; exhibit appropriate choice of words; and utilize sentence structures that clearly, efficiently, and precisely convey the writer's ideas and relevant information to readers who observe the same conventions of writing.

Level #2: At the next level, writing proficiency entails the constructing and arranging of sentences into paragraphs that:

a. Develop arguments logically.
b. Present a body of information systematically.
c. Express an idea effectively.
d. Provide a coherent answer to a question.
e. Describe a given phenomenon effectively.
f. Summarize a larger body of information or abstract its essence accurately.
g. And/or otherwise achieve a specific objective efficiently and effectively.

Level #3: Writing proficiency at the third level requires the construction and arrangement of paragraphs in a such a manner that the reader is led successively through the intent or the objective of the paper, the implementation of the objective, and the conclusion which summarizes and meaningfully relates the body of the paper to its objective; please note this level also includes the use of "section headings" to break up the flow of the paper (beginning with INTRODUCTION and ending with CONCLUSIONS).

Note the following:

"Vigorous writing is concise. A sentence should contain no unnecessary words, a paragraph no unnecessary sentences, for the same reason that a drawing should have no unnecessary lines and a machine no unnecessary parts. This requires not that the writer make all his [or her!] sentences short, or that he [or she] avoid all detail and treat his [and her] subjects only in outline, but that every word tell."

"There you have a short, valuable essay on the nature and beauty of brevity--fifty-nine words [not counting those in the brackets added by Urbanowicz] that could change the world." E.B. White, commenting on the original words of William Strunk Jr. in The Elements of Style, 4th edition, 2000, pages xv-xvi.


A Short Course In Human Relations:

The Six most important words: I admit I made a mistake.
The Five most important words: You did a good job.
The Four most important words: What is your opinion?
The Three most important words: If you please.
The Two most important words: Thank you.
The One most important words: We.
The Least important word: I 

 
Proper Prior Planning Prevents Poor Performance;
and
"Your procrastination is not necessarily my emergency." 

TABLE OF EXCUSES: Please Give Excuse By Number In Order To Save Time:
1. That's the way we've always done it.
2. I didn't know you were in a hurry for it.
3. That's not in my department.
4. No one told me to go ahead.
5. I'm waiting for an OK.
6. How did I know this was different?
7. That's his or her job, not mine.
8. Wait until the boss gets back and ask.
9. I forgot.
10. I didn't think it was very important.
11. I'm so busy I just can't get around to it.
12. I thought I told you.
13. I wasn't hired to do that.
[ALL sources: Anonymous.]


Selected University Resources For Students

Student Handbook
http://www.csuchico.edu/pub/studenthandbook/index.html

Computing For Students
http://www.csuchico.edu/inf/Getwired.html

Career Planning & Placement Office
http://www.csuchico.edu/plc/welcome2.html

Office of Experiential Education
http://ids.csuchico.edu/

CSU, Chico's Experiential Education program links the University to business, industry, and government by giving students an opportunity to combine classroom study with career related work experience. The program helps students define their educational goals and prepare for their careers by exploring the realities of the working world.

Psychological Counseling & Wellness Center
http://www.csuchico.edu/cnts/

Disability Support Services
http://www.csuchico.edu/dss/

AND PLEASE GO TO Student Services (http://www.csuchico.edu/misc/studentserv.html), off of the University's Home Page, for these and many more services available to you, the student!

AND REMEMBER: http://www.csuchico.edu/lins/chicorio/ [Chico Rio - Research Instruction On-Line]:

"ChicoRIO is a series of Web based, self-paced lessons designed to help you learn how to find information. The tutorials will help you sharpen your research, critical thinking, and term paper writing skills. ChicoRIO also links to campus computing resources and a tour of the Meriam Library. The sections of ChicoRIO can be completed in any order."


BRIEF DISCLAIMER ESSAY for those who make the time to read about the FALL 2006 Web-assisted courses taught by Dr. Charles F. Urbanowicz, Professor Emeritus of Anthropology, California State University, Chico.

NOTE TO STUDENTS: This is actually a very brief "essay" about web-based instruction and web pages (which you are reading either "electronically" or in the required Guidebook form). The World Wide Web is an "electronic creation" of human beings, is constantly modified by human beings, and as human beings change, the WWW continues to "evolve" over time. Education will radically change by the time I fully retire and eventually die and (a) while I try to "keep up" with as much as possible for my students (and myself) I realize that (b) I am behind as soon as I begin! With that in mind, the reader (or viewer) of these pages (either "electronically" or in print") is reminded that this course is not a web-based course but is a "traditional" course, taught on the campus of California State university, Chico, to "traditional" (or perhaps a "semi-traditional" group of) students who are sitting in a classroom in for ~sixteen weeks. These web pages contain no frames, no Javascripts, no interactive exams, no streaming video, no Power Point Presentations, and no other "bells-and-whistles" which are current on the WWW but they do contain numerous "live" links which are appropriate for various weeks of the semester-long course. These WWW pages are not meant to be "downloaded" and printed out at home or in a computer laboratory but (a) they are meant to be read in the required printed form and (b) checked for the updates that will be added throughout the entire semester: it is in the updating this Guidebook that the WWW is "alive" (as well as this course and, indeed, all education) and evolving through time. Please note that the pages in this Guidebook do contain numerous links appropriate for various weeks of the semester-long course (and some links will eventually guide you to sample exams, streaming videos, and Power Point presentations!).

THE READER MAY WELL ASK: Why make these "printed pages" (gasp!) available on the WWW? Why did Urbanowicz go through all-of-the-trouble to place this on the WWW if it is not an interactive course? As The Wall Street Journal on July 20, 1998 pointed out: "It Isn't Entertainment That Makes The Web Shine: It's Dull Data" (Page 1 and page A8). Although I trust that you have not purchased a bound volume of "dull data" but a volume of ideas (with data) I also add that for more than a decade I have been providing my students (in varous lower-and-upper-division courses) with Guidebooks that have "video notes" and "lecture outlines" for the appropriate course that semester. Human beings are "visual creatures" and I use NUMEROUS films, slides, and transparencies (most of which are not included on these web pages) in my classes and since I am comfortable with the Guidebook format, I continue to place the Guidebook on "the web" (with numerous links) for students. I encourage all readers of these pages to "weigh" all of the information very carefully: contrast and compare what you know with what is being presented and please consider the following from The Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1999, page 1 & A11):

"Who invented the telephone? Microsoft Corp's Encarta multimedia encyclopedia on CD-ROM has an answer to that simple question. Rather, two answers. Consult the U.S., U.K., or German editions of Encarta and you find the expected one: Alexander Graham Bell. But look at the Italian version and the story is strikingly different. Credit goes to Antonio Meucci, an impoverished Italian-American candlemaker who, as the Italian-language Encarta tells it, beat Bell to the punch by five years. Who's right? Depends on where you live. ... in the age of the Internet, the issue of adapting products to local markets is raising trickier problems. Technology and globalization are colliding head-on with another powerful force: history. Perhaps nowhere is this conflict more apparent than in information as with Microsoft's Encarta, which has nine different editions, including one in British English and one in American. It's Microsoft's peculiar accomplishment that it has so mastered the adaptation of its products to different markets that they reflect different, sometimes contradictory, understandings of the same historical events. 'You basically have to rewrite all of the content,' says Dominique Lempereur, who, from her Paris office, oversees the expansion of Microsoft's education-related products to foreign markets. 'The translation is almost an accessory.' ... Consistency is clearly not Encarta's goal, and that's something of a controversial strategy. Encyclopedia Britannica, for example, has a policy of investigating contradictions across its editions and deciding on a standard presentation. Where it can establish a fact that is internationally solid, 'we go with that, and present other interpretations as need be,' says Dale Holberg, Britannica's editor in Chicago. His staff has looked into the Meucci question. Their verdict: Bell still gets the credit, world-wide, for inventing and patenting the electric telephone. ... Microsoft, as a technology conglomerate, has an interest in not stirring up controversies that endanger the sale of its other products. But the universaility of the Web also frustrates efforts to localize content. And there remains the possibility that it will bring about pressure for one universally aplicable version of history. Perhaps one day Mr. Meucci will share space with Alexander Graham Bell in all of the Encartas [stress added]." Kevin J. Delaney, 1999, Microsoft's Encarta Has Different Facts For Different Folks. The Wall Street Journal, June 25, 1999, page 1 & A11. 

ALTHOUGH THE ELECTRONIC WORLD is changing very rapidly, and one might question the value of the "printed word" (considering the number of "electronic books" currently on "the web" such as the Bible or Darwin and 1000s of other available from sources such as the INCREDIBLE Books on Line and Project Gutenberg), there will always (I honestly believe as of this writing), a place for the "printed page" that you can hold in your hands, that YOU can read in bed, read outside when the electricity goes off, or read when you can't make an Internet connection to read the Web pages located in cyberspace! In short, while the ephemeral culture of the WWW is extremely important, the tangible culture of a physical object is just as important and I follow some of the thoughts in the Library of Congress: Litera scripta manet, or the written (or physically published) word endures! Incidentally, as with EVERYTHING, double-check the written (printed) word as well.

PLEASE: the reader of this Guidebook is strongly encouraged to process, question, read, search, and think about various issues and ideas throughout the semester and perhaps come to an understanding of how you relate to anthropology and how anthropology relates to you! As Clark Kerr stated: "The university is not engaged in making ideas safe for students. It is engaged in making students safe for ideas [stress added]." The University and the Internet and the World Wide Web and Cyberspace are changing the very environment "we" all interact in and the "web" should point to new sources to provide you with new thoughts. This is how I have personally envisioned this web-related web-related Guidebook (of 62,044 as of 21 August 2006): NOTE, this does not count the words in the 8 essays in the printed Guidebook); it is a GUIDE to other resources to explore on your own to prepare for your individual futures. Please consider your own age, where you wish to go in the future, and please ponder the following:

"It's a cliche of the digital age: Parents wonder how children so helpless in the real world can navigate the virtual world with such skill. Using computers is second nature to most kids--and with good reason, according to many neurologists. Being exposed to the wired world at early ages is effectively wiring children's brains differently, giving them an ease and comfort with computers that adults may never match. Will the new millennium see the generation gap turn into the digital divide? ... The cognitive gap is likely to continue well into the future, even as today's cyberkids become tomorrow's parents. While kids are growing up with brains well suited to the digital world of today, as adults they are likely to face the difficult task of adapting to a future where technology evolves even more rapidly--and more profoundly--than it does today [stress added]." Yocki J. Dreazen & Rachel Emma Silverman, 2000, Raised In Cyberspace. January 1, 2000, The Wall Street Journal, page R47.

FINALLY, please think about the following statements and why I may have chosen them:

"Knowledge, we have to realize, is not fixed in stone. It is ephemeral and exists only so long as we pump it with meaning. It is merely part of the mad, vaporous wheel of existence, an ongoing cycle of discovering and forgetting, of lurching forward and then stumbling back and standing up again and taking everything we think we know and packing it into a little puffy snowball and hurling it at the head of the Future in the hopes that the Future will turn around and unbutton its liquid trench coat and show us something surprising. Or maybe just laugh and return fire. It's pretty much all we can do. How many thousands of species are as yet undiscovered in the world's oceans? How many tens of thousands of undiscovered plants and animals exist in the rain forest? What about the capacity of the human mind, the mystery of the dream state or the immensity of space, the knowledge that the tiny portion of our galaxy we've been able to see and measure, our entire solar system is merely the equivalent of a grain of sand on the edge of a beach stretching for roughly 1 billion miles. Are you exercising the muscle of wonder? Is this synapse firing in your head every damn day? Are you aware of how much you are not aware of and are you completely humbled and amused and made drunk and giddy and turned on by this fact? Because let me tell you, it is easy to forget [stress added]." Mark Morford, 2006, Awakening pinch from a mysterious new crustacean. The San Francisco Chronicle, March 17, 2006, pages E6+E8, page E8.

"If by some fiat I had to restrict all this writing to one sentence, this is the one I would choose: The summit of Mt. Everest is marine limestone." John McPhee, 1998, Annals of the Former World (NY: Farrar, Straus and Giroux), page 124.

# # #


EIGHT ESSAYS BY URBANOWICZ FOR SOSC 303, FALL 2006:

The pages that follow in the printed version of the Fall 2006 Social Science 303 Guidebook came from various web pages created over the years. (On the web, the essays may be accessed by clicking below.) The essays provide information about me for students for this course, and, hopefully, place some of my ideas and actions into context and perspective. I have been a member of the faculty at CSU, Chico, since August 1973. I received my Ph.D. in Anthropology in 1972 from the University of Oregon, based on 1970-1971 fieldwork in the Polynesian Kingdom of Tonga. In 1972-1973, prior to joining the faculty at CSU, Chico, I taught at the University of Minnesota.

Perhaps being born in Jersey City, New Jersey, in 1942, graduating from high school in 1960, commuting to New York City and New York University for 1960-61, flunking out of NYU in 1961, enlisting in the United States Air Force (1961-1965) and getting married in 1963 and ... is why I became an anthropologist! A lot of everything goes into who, what, and why each of us is what we are today and how we do what we do and when and where we do it! Incidentally, I retired after 32 years at CSU, Chico on May 31, 2005 and am participating in the FERP (Faculty Early Retirement Program) and am currently a Professor Emeritus of Anthropology, teaching only in the fall semester.

THE FOLLOWING ESSAYS (printed in the bound Guidebook available in the Associated Students Bookstore at CSU, Chico) ARE FOR SOCIAL SCIENCE 303 FOR FALL 2006:

#1} 1997, THE ENTHUSIASM OF TEACHING. [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/MT1997Essay.html

#2} 1999/2000, MNEMONICS QUOTATIONS, CARTOONS, AND A NOTEBOOK [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/TeachingT.html]

#3} 2002, A "STORY" (VISION OR NIGHTMARE?) OF THE REGION IN 2027. [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/aStoryof2027.html]. 

#4} 2002, CALIFORNIA, CANCER, AND 1999 DATA FROM THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/WSJCancerOctober2000.html]

#5} 1990, A DOSSIER ON DARWIN: LETTER TO THE EDITOR [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/1990DossierOnDarwinLetter.html]

#6} 2001, TEACHING AS THEATRE.... [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Darwin2000.html]

#7} 1998, FOLKLORE CONCERNING CHARLES R. DARWIN [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/Darwin_Folklore.html]

#8} 2001, THE GALÁPAGOS ISLANDS: EVERY LITTLE BIT HELPS [Printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/GalapagosIslandsoilspill.htm]


Throughout
the entire Fall 2006 semester, I shall be "updating" these web pages; when you go to the URL for this class http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_SOSC303-FA2006.html at the top of the "web page" you will see:

FOR UPDATED INFORMATION ADDED Month & Day, 2006 please click here.

and this will take you to the bottom of the pages.


On December 1, 2006, the final items were added to these pages:

"Children see magic because they look for it."
Christopher Moore, 2002, Lamb: The Gospel According to Biff, Christ's Childhood Pal (NY: HarperCollins), page 10.

And, as mentioned before the Thanksgiving Break, concering "asparagus," you might be interested in checking out: http://www.straightdope.com/classics/a2_383.html [Why does asparagus make your pee smell funny?]

"Recently a friend reminded me of what Francis Spufford says in The Child That Books Built: A Life in Reading: 'The books you read as a child brought you signs you hadn't seen yourself, scents you hadn't smelled, sounds you hadn't heard. They introduced you to people you hadn't met, and helped you to sample ways of being that would never have occurred to you.' As a child I lived those words, and continue to do so as an adult reader [stress added]." Nancy Pearl, 2005, More Book Lust: Recommended Reading for Every Mood, Moment, and Reason (Seattle: Sasquatch Books), page ix.

As stated earlier in this Guidebook and mentioned in our class:

"It is our choices that show what we truly are, far more than our abilities."
The character Albus Dumbledore to Harry Potter
in Harry Potter And the Chamber of Secrets, 1998, by Joanne K. Rowling, page 333.

and

"An education isn't how much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know.
It's being able to differentiate between what you do know and what you don't.
" Anatole France (1844-1924)

This will not be on the final examination, but some of you might be interested in the following web site that has the "25 Greatest Science Books of All-Time" (beginning with Charles Darwin as number 1 and number 2!): http://www.discover.com/issues/dec-06/features/25-greatest-science-books/

"'When we try to pick out anything by itself,' wrote wilderness wanderer John Muir [1838-1914] , 'we find it hitched to everything else in the universe.' Thus did Muir who founded the Sierra Club in 1892, become on of the first to define in 25 words or less what ecology is all about [stress added]." John G. Mitchell, 1970, Ecotactics: The Sierra Club Handbook for Environmental Activitists, p. 23.

SOME OF YOU MIGHT ALSO might be interested in the following words:

"Imagine a world in which people just live one day. Either the rate of heartbeats and breathing up is speeded so that an entire lifetime is compressed to the space of one turn of the earth on its axis--or the rotation of the earth is slowed to such a low gear that one complete revolution occupies a whole human lifetime. Either interpretation is valid. In either case, a man or a woman sees one sunrise, one sunset. In this world, no one lives to witness the change of the seasons. A person born in December in any European country never sees the hyacinth, the lily.... A person born in December lives his [or her!] life in the cold. Likewise, a person born in July never feels a snowflake on her [or her!] cheek.... The variety of seasons is learned about in books.... In this world in which a human life spans but a single day, people heed time like cats straining to hear sounds in the attic. For there is no time to lose [stress added]." Alan Lightman, 1993, Einstein's Dreams: A Novel (Pantheon), pages 109-111.
"Try to learn something about everything and everything about something."
Thomas Henry Huxley (1825-1895)

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FA2006TESTThree.htm to assist you in examination #3 (20%) Monday December 11, 2006, from Noon -> 1:50pm.

Incidentally, remember that the web page for the program to create these self-tests is at: http://web.uvic.ca/hrd/halfbaked/. You can create this type of test, or crossword puzzles, or matching exercises, or fill-in-the blanks, jumbled sentence exercises, or short answer exercises. Have a look when you can! As the web page points out: "The Hot Potatoes suite includes six applications, enabling you to create interactive multiple-choice, short-answer, jumbled-sentence, crossword, matching/ordering and gap-fill exercises for the World Wide Web. Hot Potatoes is not freeware, but it is free of charge for those working for publicly-funded non-profit-making educational institutions, who make their pages available on the web."

And also remember this free item: "George Lucas may be a pioneer in film and digital teachnology, but how he's turning to an old medium--magazines--to promote his passion, education.... http://www.edutopia.org to see if they qualify for a subscription." Dan Fost, 2004, Lucas Starts New Educational Crusade. The San Francisco Chroniocle, 17 October 2004, pages J1 + J5.

ALSO, please remember your final WRITING ASSIGNMENT (10%) IS DUE by Friday December 8, 2006. THIS WILL CONSIST of your one-page handout to the class and a brief (two-or-three page?) essay on your topic and Social Science.

Please remember the "Map Quiz" at http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/index.html.

My office hours for finals week will be: Monday 12/11/2006 from 8->10am & Tuesday 12/12/2006 from 8->11am.

On your examination on Monday December 11, 2006: to repeat the information from page 87 of your Guidebook concerning readings for EXAM III:

"Culture and Ethnography" by S& M [Overview], pages 1-5.
"Language and Communication" [Overview], pages 58-62.
"Conversation Style" Talking on the Job" by Debra Tannen, pages 93-101.
"Ecology and Subsistence" [Overview], pages 102-106.
"Adaptive Failure: Easter's End" by Jared Diamond, pages 122-131.
"Economic Systems" [Overview], pages 142-145.
"Kinship and Family" [Overview] pages 178-181.
"Religion, Magic, and Worldview [Overview], pages 294-298.
"Baseball Magic" by George Gmelch, pages 306-315.
"Globalization [Overview], pages 340-343.

And again, as page 87 of the Guidebook points out:

EXAM III (20%) is based on the ten items from Spradley & McCurdy (listed immediately above) and
Darwin For Beginners and Guidebook readings and
Forty-nine specific concepts below.
Map of the world.

EXAM III (20% of your final grade) will consist of a World Map, Multiple-Choice, True/False, and a single (multiple-part) Essay Question based on a Social Science 303 concept. What has been the most important concept (or idea) you have learned from this SOSC 303 course this semester? Can you please name the concept (or idea) and describe the concept (or idea) in your own words and write about it. (This will, obviously, be a multiple-part essay questions so please give it some thought.)

And for your cross-cultural information:

http://www.interfaithcalendar.org/ [Interfaith Calendar] "Sacred times are windows into religions"

http://aish.com/holidays/chanukah/songfest.asp [Aish HaTorah - Chanukah Site ]

http://www.officialkwanzaawebsite.org [The Official Kwanzaa Web Site]

Finally,

The Universality of the Golden Rule in World Religions:

from: http://www.teachingvalues.com/goldenrule.html 

Christianity: All things whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye so to them; for this is the law and the prophets.   Matthew 7:1.

Confusianism: Do not do to others what you would not like yourself. Then there will be no resentment against you, either in the family or in the state. Analects 12:2.

Buddhism: Hurt not others in ways that you yourself would find hurtful. Udana-Varga 5,1

Hinduism: This is the sum of duty; do naught onto others what you would not have them do unto you. Mahabharata 5,1517.

Islam: No one of you is a believer until he desires for his brother that which he desires for himself. Sunnah.

Judaism: What is hateful to you, do not do to your fellowman. This is the entire Law; all the rest is commentary. Talmud, Shabbat 3id.

Taosim: Regard your neighbor's gain as your gain, and your neighbor's loss as your own loss. Tai Shang Kan Yin Píien.

Zoroastrianism: That nature alone is good which refrains from doing another whatsoever is not good for itself. Dadisten-I-dinik, 94,5.

And see: http://www.religioustolerance.org/reciproc.htm

AND SOME LAST WORDS:

"Nothing is so easy as to deceive one's self; for what we wish, we readily believe." (Demosthenes, Athenian orator and statesman [384B.C.-322B.C.])

"The most important word in the English language is attitude. Love and hate, work and play, hope and fear, our attitudinal response to all these situations, impresses me as being the guide." Harlen Adams (1904-1997)


On October 27, 2006, the following item was added to these pages:

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FALL2006TESTTwo.htm to assist you in the examination next FRIDAY November 3, 2006. Please remember the "sample" test questions and maps in your printed Guidebook and the maps below. EXAM II will have map components, multiple choice, and true-false questions. A repeat of some of the PowerPoint slides used on Day 1 (August 21, 2006) is available by clicking here: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/SOSC303FA2006.

And also remember: http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/euroquiz.html as well as http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/asiaquiz.html.

 

FINALLY, if you are interested in additional information pertaining to "gaming" you might be interested in http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/RECR50Fall2004.htm [presented in RECR 50 on 29 October 2004].


On October 20, 2006, the following item was added to these pages:

Here you have the words for the song shown in class on Friday October 20, 2006:
What Makes People Human?©
Mrs. Lola Wiebe's 5th Grade Class and John Cowan
Hooker Oak Elementary School
Chico, California
1975

I've got a question,
That I'd like to share with you,
So why don't you join me?
And we'll see what we can do.

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way?

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way?

Man is a tool maker,
Man builds with tools,
Houses, cars, guns, and computers
Man builds with tools. 

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way?

Man is a talker,
A communicator,
Man talks with words,
Songs and stories,
Poems and tales,
Man talks with words. 

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way? 

Man is free to be himself,
And not what someone wants him to be,
Man is a free chooser,
Man is free.

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way? 

He remembers the past,
Lives in the present,
Dreams of what will be.
Man is a free chooser,
Man is free.

What makes?
What makes?
People,
People,
What makes people human?
How did they get that way?
How did they get that way?
How did they get that way? 


On October 13, 2006, the following items were added to these pages:

FOR INFORMATION about "triskaidekaphobia" check out http://www.worldwidewords.org/weirdwords/ww-tri1.htm, or http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Triskaidekaphobia, or even "phobias" in general: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Phobias.

If you are interested in "World War II" in the Pacific, you might be interested in http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/WorldWarIIEnds2005.html [C.F. Urbanowicz} World War II Ends!].

IF YOU ARE REALLY interested in the Pacific, a "work-in-progress" page, listing numerous references (including print and web-items) is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PacificReferences.html.

Incidentally, I am requesting to teach "Pacific Cultures" [ANTH 373] in fall 2007 on a Monday, Wednesday, Friday schedule. The catalog description for that course is "Case studies of peoples of Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, and Polynesia. Analysis of origins of indigenous peoples and cultures. Discussion of traditional cultures in this ecologically diverse area."

FINALLY, below you have various "web pages" pertaining to your individual concepts AND directly below this listing, you have the latest presentation order for concepts beginning November 6, 2006. (Please remember to consult the SOSC 303 Guidebook, page 57, for the template to follow for your one-page handout and information on page 58 & 59 for presentation information.) Also remember those lesson plan locations:

http://www.nytimes.com/learning/ [The New York Times Learning Network} LESSON PLANS & MUCH MORE!] 

http://www.eduplace.com/ss/ [K-8 Education Place} Social Studies Center]

Some web pages that might be of value for those thirty-one concepts are as follows:

EVOLUTION: "In the broadest sense, evolution is merely change, and so is all-pervasive; galaxies, languages, and political systems all evolve. Biological evolution ... is change in the properties of populations of organisms that transcend the lifetime of a single individual." [From: http://www.talkorigins.org/faqs/evolution-definition.html]

http://www.accessexcellence.org/ [Access Excellence} Search for work of Katharine Noonan.]

http://www.bbc.co.uk/education/darwin

DNA: Deoxyribonucleic acid. [See: http://www.dnaftb.org/dnaftb/]

http://chroma.mbt.washington.edu/outreach/intro.html

http://www.dnaftb.org/dnaftb/

http://chroma.gs.washington.edu/outreach/intro.html

http://www.lessonplanspage.com/index.html

http://www.timeforkids.com/TFK/news/story/0,6260,555160,00.html

http://www.nytimes.com/aponline/national/AP-Family-History.html

http://www.smartvoter.org/2004/11/02/ca/state/prop/69/

MENDELIAN GENETICS: "...by recognising the deep logical structure of inheritance, and by designing experiments which would display this in an easily manageable symbolic notation." Jonathan Miller & Borin Van Look, 1982, Darwin For Beginners (NY: Pantheon), page 151.

http://ehrweb.aaas.org/ehr/books/ [Your Genes Your Choices]

http://www.biopoint.com/engaging/MENDEL/MENDEL.HTM

http://www.geocities.com/mousedomousery/genetics/mendel.htm

PREHISTORY: "The time before written records." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

http://members.tripod.com/~terrie_lynn/prehistory.html

http://www.marxists.org/archive/vygotsky/works/mind/ch08.htm

http://history.evansville.net/educational_links.html

ARCHAEOLOGY: "The branch of anthroplogy that seeks to reconstruct the daily life and customs of peoples who lived in the past and to trace and explain cultural changes. Often lacking written records for study, archaeologists must try to reconstruct history from the material remains of human cultures." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 401.

http://collections.ic.gc.ca/archaeology/second/kids/kids.html

http://www.saa.org [Society for American Archaeology]

PRIMATOLOGIST: "Persons who study primates." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 405.

http://www.janegoodall.org

http://www.grungyape.com/new/information.html

http://www.primate.wisc.edu/pin/infores.html

ETHNOGRAPHY: The task of discovering and describing a particular culture.

http://iawiki.net/EthnographicResearch

http://writing.colostate.edu/references/research/observe/index.cfm [Overview: Ethnography, Observational Research, and narrative inquiry.]

ETHNOLOGY: "In its most comprehensive usage, the science of peoples and cultures. Ethnology is contrasted with ethnography in that the latter is purely descriptive whereas the former is analytic and seeks to find generalizations." From: L.L.Langness, 2005, The Study of Culture: Third Edition (Novato, CA: Chandler & Sharp), page 293.

http://www.search.eb.com/eb/article=72432 [John Reed Swanton]

http://www.lsa.umich.edu/anthro/ethnology/index.htm

http://www2.bishopmuseum.org/ethnologydb/

 LANGUAGE: The system of cultural knowledge used to generate and interpret speech.

http://www.Zmag.com

http:// www.sfgate.com 

http:// www.wikipedia.com

MYTHOLOGY: Stories that reveal the religious knowledge of how things have come into being.

http://lamhfada.com [An online magazine of myth and stories.]

http://mythinglinks.org/

COSMOLOGY: A set of beliefs that defines the nature of the universe or cosmos.

http://www.astro.ucla.edu/~wright/cosmolog.htm

RELIGION: The cultural knowledge of the supernatural that people use to cope with the ultimate problems of human existence.

http://sunsite.berkeley.edu/Kids!/topreli.html

http://www.worldalmanacforkids.com/explore/religion.html

MANA: An impersonal supernatural force inherent in nature and in people. Mana is somewhat like the concept of 'luck' in U.S. Culture.

http://www.search.eb.com

SUPERNATURAL: Things that are beyond the natural. Anthropologists usually recognize a belief in such things as goddesses, gods, spirits, ghosts, and mana to be signs of supernatural belief.

http://www.channel4.com/science/microsites/R/real_wizards/ (Reference To Harry Potter's Ancestors)

http://www.colorado.edu/Journalism/mcm/teens/supernatural/teensuper-journals.htm (Teens and the Supernatural)

http://search.epnet.com/direct.asp?an=11227190&db=afh (October, 2003 Article on Kids and Trick-or-Treating)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Supernatural (Excellent Encyclopedia!)

http://www.siteofgod.homestead.com/angelshistory.html (Site on the Origin of Angels)

http://www.serve.com/herrmann/herr5.html (Article by Professor Robert A. Hermann entitled Comprehending Supernatural Concepts?)

TABOO: "A prohibition that, if violated, is believed to bring a supernatural punishment." From Carol Ember & Melvin Ember, 1996, Cultural Anthropology (8th Edition) (NJ: Prentice-Hall), page 406. 

http://www.britannica.com/eb/article?eu=72686 [Taboo." Encyclopedia Britannica. 2003. Encyclopedia Britannica Premium

Service.20 Nov, 2003].

http://www.healthyplace.com/communities/personality_disorders/narcissism/incest.html

http://library.thinkquest.org/18802/everfood.htm

www.lessonplanet.com

www.nationalgeographic.com

SHAMAN: A part-time religious specialist who controls supernatural power, often to cure people or affect the course of life's events. 

http://www.orch.org/cybe.serv/academy/ace/soc/cecssi/cecssi08.html

http://www.encyclopedia.com

http://www.deoxy.org/shaover.htm

PRAYER: A petition directed at a supernatural being or power.

http://www.religioustolerance.org [Teaching Religion and the Bible in U.S. Public Schools.]

http: //religioustolerance.org/

HUNTING AND GATHERING: A subsistence strategy involving the foraging of wild, naturally occuring foods.

http://www.creswell-crags.or.uk/virtuallytheiceaage/Exploring_objects/Huntin.asp [Tools and pictures.]

http://www.fao.org/docrep/w7540e/w7540e0i.htm [Hunting techniques.]

http://www.vernonjohns.org/ [Religion in hunter-gatherer societies.]

http://www.lewiston.k12.id.us/mchapman/native/ [Native American hunter-gatherer societies.]

http://www.nccu.edu/~huang/ch1305.htm [Outline formant of main points on hunter-gatherers.]

http://fga.freac.fsu.edu/academy/pdf/teacher_hunters.pdf [Great site containing teacher background information.]

http://www.d.umn.edu/cla/faculty/troufs/anth1602/pchunt.html [Prehistoric cultures.]

http://www.PaleoDiet.com [Great site containing information on the hunter-gatherer diet.]

SLASH-AND-BURN AGRICULTURE: A form of horticulture in which wild land is cleared and burned over, farmed, then permitted to lie fallow and revert to its wild state.

http://www.cyber.vt.edu/

http://www.orangutan.com/threats/slash_and_burn.htm

HORTICULTURE: A kind of subsistence strategy involving semi-intensive, usually shifting, agricultural practices. Slash-and-burn farming is a common example of horticulture.

http://www.historychannel.com

ENDOGAMY: Marriage within a designated social unit.

http://www.anthro.palomar.edu

http://www.ghg.net

http://www.umanitoba.ca

EXOGAMY: Marriage outside any designated group.

http://www.multiracial.com/readers/winkeldebate.html

CLAN: A kinship group normally comprising several lineages; its members are related by a unilineal descent rule, but it is too large to enable members to trace actual biological links to all other members.

http://www.capetown.at/africandawn/ [African Dawn Newsletter]

http://www.peacecorps.gov/ [Peace Corps Lesson Plans]

http://www.kabiza.com [Tales of African Villages]

http://www.indiancountry.com/?1055438183

http://www.indiancountry.com/?1061903199

http://www.scotlandmag.com/issue/2/scottish_clans/54

http://www.capetown.at/africandawn/XhosaNews.htm

http://www.peacecorps.gov/wws/guides/marshallislands/culture.html

http://www.csumc.wisc.edu/cmct/DaneCountryTour/index.htm

http://www.csumc.wisc.edu/cmct/DaneCountryTour/madison/potholder/potholder.htm

http://www.kabiza.com/it-takes-a-village.htm

http://www.thesaurus.reference.com/search?qclan

http://www.scotclans.com/clans/index.htm

CASTE: A form of stratification defined by unequal access to economic resources and prestige, which is acquired at birth and does not permit individuals to alter their rank.

http://adaniel.tripod.com/castes.htm

http://www.dalsabzi.com/Wisdom_Scrip/caste.htm

http://www.bcps.org/offices/lis/curric/middle/socst/socst6.html  

ECOLOGY: The study of the way organisms interact with each other within an environment.

http://www.nceas.ucsb.edu/nceas-web/kids/index.html [Highly recommended site when teaching about ecology because it has all the information, including how to teach ecology, experiments, and even a chance to ask an expert questions!]

ETHNOCENTRISM: A mixture of belief and feeling that one's own way of life is desirable and actually superior to others.

http://apps.sdhc.k12.fl.us/public/GE21C/guide/keycomponents.htm

http://www.iupui.edu/~anthkb/ethnocen.htm

http://en2.wikpedia.org/wiki/Ethnocentrism

http://usac.unr.edu/

CULTURE: The knowledge that is learned, shared, and used by people to interpret experience and generate behavior.

http://eawc.evansville.edu/inpage.htm [Exploring Ancient World Cultures.]

http://www.germantown.k12.il.us/html/California.html [California-Intermountain culture.]

http://www.skatepark.org/Skateboard_Culture/ [Skatepark.org: Skateboard Culture.]

http://www.wsu.edu:8001/vcwsu/commons/topics/culture/culture-definitions/whose-text.html [The Culture Debate…Whose Culture is this, Anyways?]

http://www.wsu.edu:8001/vcwsu/commons/topics/culture/culture-index.html [What is Culture?]

http://www.wsu.edu:8001/vcwsu/commons/topics/culture/culture-definitions/geertz-text.html [Clifford Geertz, Emphasizing Interpretation.]

http://www.nationalgeographic.com/xpeditions/lessons/06/g35/ [Lesson Plans for cultural symbols and the characteristics of place.]

http://www.4girls.gov/together/identity.htm?src=ng&OVRAW=culture&OVKEY=culture [Putting it all together.]

TACIT CULTURE: The shared knowledge of which people usually are unaware and do not communicate verbally.

http://www.members.aol.com/doder1/proxemi1.htm

CULTURE SHOCK: A form of anxiety that results from an inability to predict the behavior of others or act appropriately in cross-cultural situations.

http://www.worldwide.edu

http://www.uwec.edu

http://www.netcore.ca

http://www.nationalgeographic.com/xpeditions/lessons/04/g68/cultureshock.html

http://www.zwire.com/site/news.cfm?newsid=13402074&BRD=1142&PAG=461&dept_id=142778&rfi=6

http://www.worldwide.edu/planning_guide/Culture_Re-entry_Shock/

ACCULTURATION: The process that takes place when groups of individuals having different cultures come into first-hand contact, which results in change to the cultural patterns of both groups.

http://www.bangkokpost.com

http://www.missioncollege.org

http://www.folklife.si.edu

http://www.anthro.palomar.edu

INTERNET: "The Internet is a shared network of government agencies, educational institutions, private organizations, and individuals from many nations. Many people refer to the Internet as the World Wide Web (WWW). The World Wide Web is made up of a collection of interconnected computers using the TCP/IP protocol language to communicate. The Internet is the largest network in the world." [From: http://mse.byu.edu/ecs/internet_defined.htm]

http://www.thomsonlearning.com

http://users.iafrica.com/v/va/vanessat/canswer.htm


On October 9, 2006, the following items were added to these pages:

PRESENTATION OF THIRTY-ONE CONCEPTS BEGIN ON Monday November 6, 2006:

Monday November 6, 2006:

EVOLUTION = Presentation by Elyse Bresnahan
DNA = Presentation by Michelle Miller
MENDELIAN GENETICS = Presentation by Cameron Jones

Wednesday November 8, 2006:

PREHISTORY = Presentation by Laura Marek-Kratzer
ARCHAEOLOGY = Presentation by Nina Sanchez
PRIMATOLOGIST = Presentation by Tracee Sterry
 

Friday November 10, 2006:

University is Closed

Monday November 13, 2006

ETHNOGRAPHY = Presentation by Carolie Baker
ETHNOLOGY = Presentation by Theresa Evans
LANGUAGE = Presentation by Megan Gerrity
MYTHOLOGY = Presentation by Jamie Reams

Wednesday November 15, 2005  

COSMOLOGY = Presentation by Mandra Rilinger
RELIGION =Presentation by Paige Martin
MANA = Presentation by Helena Clement
SUPERNATURAL = Lor Yang

Friday November 17, 2006:

No SOSC 303-1 Class meeting This Day.

THANKSGIVING BREAK: MONDAY NOVEMBER 20, 2006 -> FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 24, 2006

Monday November 27, 2006:

TABOO = Presentation by Katie Noble
SHAMAN = Presention by Esther Abel
PRAYER = Presentation by Amanda Vang

Wednesday November 29, 2006:

HUNTING AND GATHERING = Presentation by Sarah Smith
SLASH AND BURN AGRICULTURE = Presentation by Juli Pinegar
HORTICULTURE = Presentation by Joyce Harper
ENDOGAMY = Presentation by Heidi Runyan

Friday December 1, 2006

EXOGAMY = Presentation by Cindy Bailey
CLAN = Presentation by Brett Adam
CASTE = Presentation by Ali Martin

Monday December 4, 2006:

ECOLOGY = Presentation by Chris Kelner
ETHNOCENTRISM = Presentation by Victoria Henry
CULTURE = Presentation by Yuriana Hernandez

Wednesday December 6, 2006:

TACIT CULTURE = Presentation by Carlie Oxsen
CULTURE SHOCK = Presentation by Sao Yang
ACCULTURATION = Presentation by Jenn Ponder

Friday December 8, 2006:

INTERNET = Presentation by Marla Minsart

WRITING ASSIGNMENT (10%) IS DUE on (or by) Friday December 8, 2006. This should consist of your one-page handout to the class and a brief (two-or-three page?) essay on your topic and Social Science.   


On October 1, 2006, the following items were added to these pages:

I DECIDED to provide you with the Darwin video information now, all available on the web; also note: a 2004 item entitled "The Darwin Project: 1996 to 2004!" (explaining the making of the four videos) may be found at http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/CELTOctober2004Darwin.html.

These were the four videos shown Monday, Wednesday, and Friday of last week.

1997 Charles Darwin: Reflections - Part one: The Beginning. [ ~Seventeen Minutes Video. Darwin in England]. [http://rce.csuchico.edu/darwin/RV/darwinreflections.ram]. Produced and Edited by Ms. Donna Crowe: Instructional Media Center, CSU, Chico. Available via the Internet with REAL PLAYER [http://www.real.com/player/index.html].

Imagine that you could visit with Charles Darwin as he remembers his youth. Perhaps you could learn what early experiences sharpened his power of observation and contributed to his unique perspective of the world. Join Dr. Charles Urbanowicz as he portrays the fascinating and very human Charley Darwin in the first program of the series Charles Darwin: Reflections: The Beginning.

 

1999 Charles Darwin: - Part One: The Voyage. [ ~Twenty-two Minute Video. Darwin sailing from England to South America.] [http://rce.csuchico.edu/darwin/RV/darwinvoyage.ram] Produced and Edited by Ms. Donna Crowe: Instructional Media Center, CSU, Chico. Available via the Internet with REAL PLAYER [http://www.real.com/player/index.html].

Sail along with Charley Darwin on the first half of his historic journey around the world aboard the HMS Beagle. In this second video in the series, Charley Darwin (Professor Charles Urbanowicz ) travels from England to unexplored reaches of South America and along the way he confronts slavery, rides with gauchos, experiences gunboat diplomacy, encounters a future dictator of Argentina, explores uncharted rivers, and discovers dinosaur bones.

 

2001 Charles Darwin: - Part Two: The Voyage. [ ~Twenty-seven Minute Video. Darwin from South America, through the Galápagos Islands, and back to England.] [http://rce.csuchico.edu/darwin/RV/darwin3.ram] Edited by Ms. Vilma Hernandez and Produced by Ms. Donna Crowe: Instructional Media Center, CSU, Chico. Available via the Internet with REAL PLAYER [http://www.real.com/player/index.html].

The second half of the historic journey of the HMS Beagle finds Charles Darwin exploring more of South America and several islands in the Pacific. In this episode, Charley Darwin (Professor Charles Urbanowicz) views several active volcanoes, experiences an earthquake, treks to the Andes, explores the Galapagos Islands, and then heads for home.

 

2003 Charles Darwin: - Part Three: A Man of Science. [ ~Twenty-four Minute Video. Darwin from South America, through the Galápagos Islands, and back to England.] [http://rce.csuchico.edu/Darwin/RV/darwin4.ram] Produced and Edited by Ms. Donna Crowe: Instructional Media Center, CSU, Chico. Available via the Internet with REAL PLAYER [http://www.real.com/player/index.html].

Within a few years of his return to England, Charles Darwin happily settled into marriage, moved to a quiet house in the country, and begun a routine of research and writing which would occupy the rest of his life. In this episode discover why Darwin (Professor Charles Urbanowicz) waited over 20 years to publish his groundbreaking work Origin of Species, and learn how ill health, family tragedies, friends, respected colleagues and ardent supporters shaped his life and career.

You might also be interested in the following Darwin self-tests:

2005 http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/DarwinTestFive.htm (Darwin Self-Test Five} February 2005).

2004 http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/DarwinTestFour.htm (Darwin Self-Test Four} September 2004).

2003 http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/DarwinTestThree.htm (Darwin Self-Test Three} October 2003).

2001 http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/DarwinTestTwo.htm (Darwin Self-Test Two} November 2001].

2000 http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/DarwinTestOne.htm (Darwin 2000-2001 [Self]Test One} January 2000).

That "Darwin bag" I came to class with on Monday the 25th (with the phrase "Charles Darwin - The Evolution Tour - Southern Hemisphere 1835"] can be found (along with other items) at: http://www.cafepress.com/umthings [We Sell, um, Things....].

Incidentally, as you are thinking about your choice of concepts (1st, 2nd, and 3rd) DUE in class on Friday 6 October 2006, remember the folowing sites pointed out in the third week of this course:

SOME LESSON PLAN LOCATIONS

http://www.nytimes.com/learning/ [The New York Times Learning Network} LESSON PLANS & MUCH MORE!] 

http://www.eduplace.com/ss/ [K-8 Education Place} Social Studies Center]

You also might be interested in this site: http://www.eduhound.com/ [EduHound} Everything for Education K-12] and at http://www.eduhoundclassroomsontheweb.com/classroomspotlight.cfm you can see various "spotlighted" classes. Information about subscribing to a free weekly newsletter can be found at: http://www.eduhound.com/eduhoundweekly.cfm. And please remember this free item (mentioned in Week One): "George Lucas may be a pioneer in film and digital teachnology, but how he's turning to an old medium--magazines--to promote his passion, education.... http://www.edutopia.org to see if they qualify for a subscription." Dan Fost, 2004, Lucas Starts New Educational Crusade. The San Francisco Chroniocle, 17 October 2004, pages J1 + J5.

FINALLY, at some point in time you might be interested in the free program which allows me to generate your self-tests. The web page for the programs to create the self-tests that I make up for you is available at: http://web.uvic.ca/hrd/halfbaked/. You can create the type of Self-Test I create for you, or crossword puzzles, or matching exercises, or fill-in-the blanks, jumbled sentence exercises, or short answer exercises. Have a look when you can - it may come in handy in future years (and I would download the program as soon as possible in case it "vanishes" from the World Wide Web). As the web page points out: "The Hot Potatoes suite includes six applications, enabling you to create interactive multiple-choice, short-answer, jumbled-sentence, crossword, matching/ordering and gap-fill exercises for the World Wide Web. Hot Potatoes is not freeware, but it is free of charge for those working for publicly-funded non-profit-making educational institutions, who make their pages available on the web."


On September 15, 2006, the following items were added to these pages:

A "sample" self-paced exam is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/SelfTesting/SOSC303FA2006TESTOne.htm to assist you in the examination next FRIDAY September 22, 2006. (Incidentally, I am aware that "older" versions of what was then called SOSC 303 Exams may exist "out there" - I return them so you can learn from any mistakes; by all means, if you have access to "old" exams, do look at them; but r.e.m.e.m.b.e.r to read and study for EXAM I (and eventually EXAM II and EXAM III) as if you might be faced with BRAND NEW EXAMINATION QUESTIONS - which could well be the case!)! ALSO, please remember the "sample" test questions and maps in your printed SOSC 303 Guidebook: pages 42-43. EXAM I will have a map component, multiple choice, and true-false questions. Remember, a repeat of some of the PowerPoint slides used on day 1 (August 21, 2006) is available at: http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/PowerPoint/SOSC303FA2006.

Remember: for Sample "Map Quiz" go to:

http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/samericaquiz.html as well as http://www.lizardpoint.com/fun/geoquiz/afrquiz.html  

You also might be interested in the following site: www.enchantedlearning.com and then go to http://www.EnchantedLearning.com/label/geography.shtml.

ALSO, there was an interesting article in the 13 September 2006 The Orion: "U.S. uninformed about the world' by Callie Ziemer. If you haven't seen it yet, do check http://media.www.theorion.com/media/storage/paper889/news/2006/09/13/Opinion/U.s-Uninformed.About.World-2268254.shtml?sourcedomain=www.theorion.com&MIIHost=media.collegepublisher.com


On August 30, 2006, the following items were added to these pages:

"...alcohol has a 'disinhibitory' influence on behaviors that are controlled by the frontal lobe of the brain. The frontal lobe is above the eyes and just behind the forehead. Men may become more aggressive and women may become more licentious, researchers say, but what is common to both genders is that normal defenses to certain otherwise taboo behavors come down....The frontal-lobe area controls the more advanced cognitive thinking skills and behaviors, as well as personality traits that are more suited to a social setting. It's the frontal-lobe area of the brain that makes us human, in a sense [stress added]." Abe Aamidor, 2006, A few drinks can wash away soundations of social behavior. The Sacramento Bee, Augut 26, 2006, pages K1-K2. 

http://www.ncseweb.org/ [National Center for Science Organization]

http://www.becominghuman.org/ [Paleoanthropology, Evolution and Human Origins]

http://www.culture.fr/culture/arcnat/lascaux/en/ [The Cave of Lascaux]

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kayapo [The Kayapo: From Wikpedia, the Free Encyclopedia]

"A play [or a classroom lecture or a public presentation] should make you understand something new. If it tells you what you already know, you leave it as ignorant as you went in [stress added]." (The character John Wisehammer. In Timberlake Wertenbaker's Our Country's Good [based upon the novel The Playmaker by Thomas Keneally], 1989, Act II, sc. 7, page 89.]


To go to the home page of Charles F. Urbanowicz.

To go to the home page of the Department of Anthropology.

To go to the home page of the Social Science Program,

To go to the home page of California State University, Chico.

© [Copyright: All Rights Reserved] Charles F. Urbanowicz/August 21, 2006} This copyrighted Web Guidebook, printed from http://www.csuchico.edu/~curban/syllabi/SYL_SOSC303-FA2006.html, is intended for use by students enrolled at California State University, Chico, in the Fall Semester of 2006 and unauthorized use / reproduction in any manner is definitely prohibited.

[~61,880 Words]} 21 August 2006 

[~67,078 Words]} 1 December 2006


© Copyright 2006 All Rights Reserved Charles F. Urbanowicz

1 December 2006 2006 by CFU